Remove sp_regnum_from_eax and pc_regnum_from_eax
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "valprint.h"
60 #include "jit.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
64 #include "probe.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "stack.h"
68 #include "skip.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
70 #include "ax-gdb.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
72
73 #include "format.h"
74
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
78
79 /* readline defines this. */
80 #undef savestring
81
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
84
85 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
86
87 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
88
89 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
90
91 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
92
93 static void disable_command (char *, int);
94
95 static void enable_command (char *, int);
96
97 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
98 void *),
99 void *);
100
101 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
102
103 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
104
105 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
106
107 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
108 struct linespec_result *,
109 enum bptype, char *,
110 char **);
111
112 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
113 struct linespec_result *,
114 struct linespec_sals *,
115 char *, char *, enum bptype,
116 enum bpdisp, int, int,
117 int,
118 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
119 int, int, int, unsigned);
120
121 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
122 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
123
124 static void clear_command (char *, int);
125
126 static void catch_command (char *, int);
127
128 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
129
130 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
131
132 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
133
134 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
135 enum bptype,
136 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
137 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
138 const struct symtab_and_line *);
139
140 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
141 static. */
142 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
143 struct symtab_and_line,
144 enum bptype,
145 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
146
147 static struct breakpoint *
148 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
149 enum bptype type,
150 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
151
152 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
153
154 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
155 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
156 enum bptype bptype);
157
158 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
159 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
160 struct obj_section *, int);
161
162 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
163 CORE_ADDR addr1,
164 struct address_space *aspace2,
165 CORE_ADDR addr2);
166
167 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
168 struct bp_location *loc2);
169
170 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
171 struct address_space *aspace,
172 CORE_ADDR addr);
173
174 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
175
176 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
177
178 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
179 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
180
181 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
182
183 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
184
185 static void commands_command (char *, int);
186
187 static void condition_command (char *, int);
188
189 typedef enum
190 {
191 mark_inserted,
192 mark_uninserted
193 }
194 insertion_state_t;
195
196 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
197 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
198
199 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
200
201 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
202
203 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
204
205 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
206
207 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
208
209 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
210 enum bptype type,
211 int *other_type_used);
212
213 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
214
215 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
216
217 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
218 int count);
219
220 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
221
222 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
223
224 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
225
226 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
227
228 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
229 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
230
231 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
232
233 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
234
235 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
236 CORE_ADDR pc);
237
238 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
239 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
240 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
241
242 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
243
244 static void update_global_location_list (int);
245
246 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
247
248 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
249
250 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
251
252 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
253
254 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
255
256 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
257
258 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
259
260 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
261
262 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
263
264 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
265
266 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
267
268 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
269 otherwise. */
270
271 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
272
273 static void init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
274 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
275 char *cond_string,
276 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
277
278 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
279 from. */
280 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
281
282 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
283 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
284 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
285 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
286
287 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
288 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
289
290 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
291 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
292
293 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
294 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
295
296 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
297 breakpoints. */
298 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
299
300 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
301 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
302
303 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
304 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
305
306 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
307 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
308 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
309 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
310 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
311 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
312
313 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
314 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
315 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
316 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
317 dprintf_style_gdb,
318 dprintf_style_call,
319 dprintf_style_agent,
320 NULL
321 };
322 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
323
324 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
325 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
326 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
327 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
328
329 static char *dprintf_function = "";
330
331 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
332 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
333 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
334 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
335 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
336 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
337 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
338
339 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
340
341 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
342 has disconnected. */
343 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
344
345 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
346 breakpoints share a single command list. */
347 struct counted_command_line
348 {
349 /* The reference count. */
350 int refc;
351
352 /* The command list. */
353 struct command_line *commands;
354 };
355
356 struct command_line *
357 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
358 {
359 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
360 }
361
362 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
363 current breakpoint. */
364
365 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
366
367 const char *
368 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
369 {
370 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
371 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
372 a breakpoint. */
373 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
374
375 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
376 }
377
378 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
379 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
380 if such is available. */
381 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
382
383 static void
384 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
385 struct cmd_list_element *c,
386 const char *value)
387 {
388 fprintf_filtered (file,
389 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
390 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
391 value);
392 }
393
394 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
395 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
396 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
397 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
398 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
399 static void
400 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
401 struct cmd_list_element *c,
402 const char *value)
403 {
404 fprintf_filtered (file,
405 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
406 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
407 value);
408 }
409
410 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
411 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
412 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
413 use hardware breakpoints. */
414 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
415 static void
416 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
417 struct cmd_list_element *c,
418 const char *value)
419 {
420 fprintf_filtered (file,
421 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
422 value);
423 }
424
425 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
426 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
427 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
428 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
429 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
430
431 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
432
433 static void
434 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
435 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
436 {
437 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
438 fprintf_filtered (file,
439 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
440 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
441 value,
442 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
443 else
444 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
445 value);
446 }
447
448 int
449 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
450 {
451 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
452 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
453 }
454
455 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
456
457 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
458 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
459 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
460 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
461 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
462 condition_evaluation_auto,
463 condition_evaluation_host,
464 condition_evaluation_target,
465 NULL
466 };
467
468 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
469 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
470
471 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
472 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
473 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
474
475 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
476 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
477 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
478 evaluation mode. */
479
480 static const char *
481 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
482 {
483 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
484 {
485 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
486 return condition_evaluation_target;
487 else
488 return condition_evaluation_host;
489 }
490 else
491 return mode;
492 }
493
494 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
495
496 static const char *
497 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
498 {
499 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
500 }
501
502 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
503 otherwise. */
504
505 static int
506 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
507 {
508 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
509
510 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
511 }
512
513 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
514
515 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
516 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
517
518 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
519 static int overlay_events_enabled;
520
521 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
522 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
523
524 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
525 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
526 current breakpoint. */
527
528 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
529
530 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
531 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
532 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
533 B = TMP)
534
535 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
536 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
537 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
538
539 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
540 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
541 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
542 BP_TMP++)
543
544 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
545 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
546 to where the loop should start from.
547 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
548 appropriate location to start with. */
549
550 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
551 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
552 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
553 BP_LOCP_START \
554 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
555 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
556 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
557
558 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
559
560 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
561 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
562 if (is_tracepoint (B))
563
564 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
565
566 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
567
568 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
569
570 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
571
572 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
573
574 static unsigned bp_location_count;
575
576 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
577 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
578 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
579 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
580 an address you need to read. */
581
582 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
583
584 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
585 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
586 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
587 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
588 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
589
590 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
591
592 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
593 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
594 by a target. */
595 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
596
597 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
598
599 static int breakpoint_count;
600
601 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
602 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
603 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
604 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
605 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
606
607 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
608
609 static int tracepoint_count;
610
611 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
612 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
613 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
614
615 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
616 static int
617 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
618 {
619 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
620 }
621
622 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
623
624 static void
625 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
626 {
627 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
628 breakpoint_count = num;
629 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
630 }
631
632 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
633 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
634 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
635
636 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
637 breakpoint made. */
638
639 void
640 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
641 {
642 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
643 }
644
645 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
646 breakpoint made. */
647
648 void
649 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
650 {
651 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
652 }
653
654 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
655
656 void
657 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
658 {
659 struct breakpoint *b;
660
661 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
662 b->hit_count = 0;
663 }
664
665 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
666 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
667
668 static struct counted_command_line *
669 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
670 {
671 struct counted_command_line *result
672 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
673
674 result->refc = 1;
675 result->commands = commands;
676 return result;
677 }
678
679 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
680
681 static void
682 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
683 {
684 if (cmd)
685 ++cmd->refc;
686 }
687
688 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
689 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
690 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
691
692 static void
693 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
694 {
695 if (*cmdp)
696 {
697 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
698 {
699 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
700 xfree (*cmdp);
701 }
702 *cmdp = NULL;
703 }
704 }
705
706 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
707
708 static void
709 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
710 {
711 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
712 }
713
714 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
715 argument. */
716
717 static struct cleanup *
718 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
719 {
720 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
721 }
722
723 \f
724 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
725 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
726
727 struct breakpoint *
728 get_breakpoint (int num)
729 {
730 struct breakpoint *b;
731
732 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
733 if (b->number == num)
734 return b;
735
736 return NULL;
737 }
738
739 \f
740
741 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
742 evaluating conditions on its side. */
743
744 static void
745 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
746 {
747 struct bp_location *loc;
748
749 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
750 evaluating conditions and if the user has
751 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
752 side. */
753 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
754 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
755 return;
756
757 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
758 return;
759
760 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
761 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
762 }
763
764 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
765 evaluating conditions on its side. */
766
767 static void
768 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
769 {
770 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
771 evaluating conditions and if the user has
772 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
773 side. */
774 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
775 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
776
777 return;
778
779 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
780 return;
781
782 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
783 }
784
785 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
786 condition_evaluation_mode. */
787
788 static void
789 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
790 struct cmd_list_element *c)
791 {
792 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
793
794 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
795 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
796 {
797 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
798 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
799 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
800 return;
801 }
802
803 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
804 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
805
806 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
807 settings was "auto". */
808 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
809
810 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
811 if (new_mode != old_mode)
812 {
813 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
814 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
815 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
816
817 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
818 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
819 */
820
821 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
822 {
823 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
824 target. */
825 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
826 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
827 }
828 else
829 {
830 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
831 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
832 target knows about. */
833 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
834 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
835 loc->needs_update = 1;
836 }
837
838 /* Do the update. */
839 update_global_location_list (1);
840 }
841
842 return;
843 }
844
845 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
846 what "auto" is translating to. */
847
848 static void
849 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
850 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
851 {
852 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
853 fprintf_filtered (file,
854 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
855 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
856 value,
857 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
858 else
859 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
860 value);
861 }
862
863 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
864 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
865 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
866
867 static int
868 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
869 {
870 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
871 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
872
873 if (a->address == b->address)
874 return 0;
875 else
876 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
877 }
878
879 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
880 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
881 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
882 return NULL. */
883
884 static struct bp_location **
885 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
886 {
887 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
888 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
889 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
890
891 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
892 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
893 dummy_loc.address = address;
894
895 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
896 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
897 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
898 bp_location_compare_addrs);
899
900 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
901 if (locp_found == NULL)
902 return NULL;
903
904 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
905 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
906 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
907 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
908 locp_found--;
909
910 return locp_found;
911 }
912
913 void
914 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
915 int from_tty)
916 {
917 xfree (b->cond_string);
918 b->cond_string = NULL;
919
920 if (is_watchpoint (b))
921 {
922 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
923
924 xfree (w->cond_exp);
925 w->cond_exp = NULL;
926 }
927 else
928 {
929 struct bp_location *loc;
930
931 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
932 {
933 xfree (loc->cond);
934 loc->cond = NULL;
935
936 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
937 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
938 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
939 }
940 }
941
942 if (*exp == 0)
943 {
944 if (from_tty)
945 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
946 }
947 else
948 {
949 char *arg = exp;
950
951 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
952 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
953 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
954 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
955
956 if (is_watchpoint (b))
957 {
958 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
959
960 innermost_block = NULL;
961 arg = exp;
962 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
963 if (*arg)
964 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
965 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
966 }
967 else
968 {
969 struct bp_location *loc;
970
971 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
972 {
973 arg = exp;
974 loc->cond =
975 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
976 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
977 if (*arg)
978 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
979 }
980 }
981 }
982 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
983
984 breakpoints_changed ();
985 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
986 }
987
988 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
989
990 static VEC (char_ptr) *
991 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd, char *text, char *word)
992 {
993 char *space;
994
995 text = skip_spaces (text);
996 space = skip_to_space (text);
997 if (*space == '\0')
998 {
999 int len;
1000 struct breakpoint *b;
1001 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1002
1003 if (text[0] == '$')
1004 {
1005 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1006 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1007 return NULL;
1008 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1009 }
1010
1011 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1012 len = strlen (text);
1013
1014 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1015 {
1016 int single = b->loc->next == NULL;
1017 struct bp_location *loc;
1018 int count = 1;
1019
1020 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1021 {
1022 char location[50];
1023
1024 if (single)
1025 sprintf (location, "%d", b->number);
1026 else
1027 sprintf (location, "%d.%d", b->number, count);
1028
1029 if (strncmp (location, text, len) == 0)
1030 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (location));
1031
1032 ++count;
1033 }
1034 }
1035
1036 return result;
1037 }
1038
1039 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1040 text = skip_spaces (space);
1041 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1042 }
1043
1044 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1045
1046 static void
1047 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1048 {
1049 struct breakpoint *b;
1050 char *p;
1051 int bnum;
1052
1053 if (arg == 0)
1054 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1055
1056 p = arg;
1057 bnum = get_number (&p);
1058 if (bnum == 0)
1059 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1060
1061 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1062 if (b->number == bnum)
1063 {
1064 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1065 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1066 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1067 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1068 if (b->py_bp_object
1069 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
1070 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1071 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1072 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1073
1074 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1075 update_global_location_list (1);
1076
1077 return;
1078 }
1079
1080 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1081 }
1082
1083 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1084 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1085 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1086
1087 static void
1088 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1089 {
1090 struct command_line *c;
1091
1092 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1093 {
1094 int i;
1095
1096 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1097 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1098 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1099
1100 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1101 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1102
1103 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1104 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1105 command directly. */
1106 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1107 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1108
1109 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1110 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1111 }
1112 }
1113
1114 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1115
1116 static int
1117 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1118 {
1119 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1120 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1121 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1122 }
1123
1124 int
1125 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1126 {
1127 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1128 }
1129
1130 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1131 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1132 found. */
1133
1134 static void
1135 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1136 struct command_line *commands)
1137 {
1138 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1139 {
1140 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1141 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1142 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1143 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1144 struct command_line *c;
1145 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1146 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1147 {
1148 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1149 {
1150 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1151 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1152 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1153 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1154 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1155 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1156
1157 if (while_stepping)
1158 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1159 "can be used only once"));
1160 else
1161 while_stepping = c;
1162 }
1163 }
1164 if (while_stepping)
1165 {
1166 struct command_line *c2;
1167
1168 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1169 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1170 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1171 {
1172 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1173 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1174 }
1175 }
1176 }
1177 else
1178 {
1179 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1180 }
1181 }
1182
1183 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1184 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1185
1186 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1187 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1188 {
1189 struct breakpoint *b;
1190 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1191 struct bp_location *loc;
1192
1193 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1194 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1195 {
1196 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1197 if (loc->address == addr)
1198 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1199 }
1200
1201 return found;
1202 }
1203
1204 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1205 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1206
1207 void
1208 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1209 struct command_line *commands)
1210 {
1211 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1212
1213 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1214 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1215 breakpoints_changed ();
1216 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1217 }
1218
1219 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1220 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1221 commands. */
1222
1223 void
1224 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1225 {
1226 int old_silent = b->silent;
1227
1228 b->silent = silent;
1229 if (old_silent != silent)
1230 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1231 }
1232
1233 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1234 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1235
1236 void
1237 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1238 {
1239 int old_thread = b->thread;
1240
1241 b->thread = thread;
1242 if (old_thread != thread)
1243 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1244 }
1245
1246 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1247 breakpoint work for any task. */
1248
1249 void
1250 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1251 {
1252 int old_task = b->task;
1253
1254 b->task = task;
1255 if (old_task != task)
1256 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1257 }
1258
1259 void
1260 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1261 {
1262 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1263
1264 validate_actionline (&line, b);
1265 }
1266
1267 /* A structure used to pass information through
1268 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1269
1270 struct commands_info
1271 {
1272 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1273 int from_tty;
1274
1275 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1276 char *arg;
1277
1278 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1279 already-parsed command. */
1280 struct command_line *control;
1281
1282 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1283 yet been read. */
1284 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1285 };
1286
1287 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1288 commands_command. */
1289
1290 static void
1291 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1292 {
1293 struct commands_info *info = data;
1294
1295 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1296 {
1297 struct command_line *l;
1298
1299 if (info->control != NULL)
1300 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1301 else
1302 {
1303 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1304 char *str;
1305
1306 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1307 "%s, one per line."),
1308 info->arg);
1309
1310 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1311
1312 l = read_command_lines (str,
1313 info->from_tty, 1,
1314 (is_tracepoint (b)
1315 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1316 b);
1317
1318 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1319 }
1320
1321 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1322 }
1323
1324 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1325 do anything. */
1326 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1327 {
1328 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1329 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1330 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1331 b->commands = info->cmd;
1332 breakpoints_changed ();
1333 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1334 }
1335 }
1336
1337 static void
1338 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1339 struct command_line *control)
1340 {
1341 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1342 struct commands_info info;
1343
1344 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1345 info.control = control;
1346 info.cmd = NULL;
1347 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1348 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1349 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1350
1351 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1352 {
1353 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1354 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1355 breakpoint_count);
1356 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1357 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1358 else
1359 {
1360 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1361 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1362 numbers will fail in this case. */
1363 arg = NULL;
1364 }
1365 }
1366 else
1367 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1368 our argument. */
1369 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1370
1371 if (arg != NULL)
1372 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1373
1374 info.arg = arg;
1375
1376 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1377
1378 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1379 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1380
1381 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1382 }
1383
1384 static void
1385 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1386 {
1387 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1388 }
1389
1390 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1391 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1392
1393 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1394 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1395 enum command_control_type
1396 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1397 {
1398 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1399 return simple_control;
1400 }
1401
1402 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1403
1404 static int
1405 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1406 {
1407 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1408 return 0;
1409 if (!bl->inserted)
1410 return 0;
1411 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1412 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1413 return 0;
1414 return 1;
1415 }
1416
1417 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1418 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1419
1420 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1421 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1422 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1423
1424 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1425 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1426 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1427 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1428 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1429 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1430 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1431 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1432 and:
1433 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1434
1435 void
1436 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1437 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1438 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1439 {
1440 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1441 search. */
1442 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1443
1444 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1445 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1446 report higher one. */
1447
1448 bc_l = 0;
1449 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1450 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1451 {
1452 struct bp_location *bl;
1453
1454 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1455 bl = bp_location[bc];
1456
1457 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1458 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1459 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1460 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1461
1462 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1463 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1464 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1465
1466 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1467 >= bl->address)
1468 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1469 <= memaddr))
1470 bc_l = bc;
1471 else
1472 bc_r = bc;
1473 }
1474
1475 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1476 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1477 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1478 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1479 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1480 B:
1481
1482 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1483
1484 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1485 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1486 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1487 and L2. */
1488 while (bc_l > 0
1489 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1490 bc_l--;
1491
1492 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1493
1494 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1495 {
1496 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1497 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1498 int bp_size = 0;
1499 int bptoffset = 0;
1500
1501 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1502 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1503 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1504 bl->owner->number);
1505
1506 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1507 content. */
1508
1509 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1510 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1511 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1512 break;
1513
1514 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1515 continue;
1516 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1517 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1518 continue;
1519
1520 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1521 we need to copy. */
1522 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1523 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1524
1525 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1526 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1527 are reading. */
1528 continue;
1529
1530 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1531 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1532 reading. */
1533 continue;
1534
1535 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1536 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1537 {
1538 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1539 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1540 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1541 bp_addr = memaddr;
1542 }
1543
1544 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1545 {
1546 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1547 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1548 }
1549
1550 if (readbuf != NULL)
1551 {
1552 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1553 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1554 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1555 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents
1556 + bl->target_info.shadow_len));
1557
1558 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1559 shadow. */
1560 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1561 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1562 }
1563 else
1564 {
1565 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1566 const unsigned char *bp;
1567 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1568 unsigned placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1569
1570 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1571 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1572 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1573
1574 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1575 address. */
1576 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1577
1578 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1579 breakpoint's INSN. */
1580 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1581 }
1582 }
1583 }
1584 \f
1585
1586 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1587 breakpoint. */
1588
1589 int
1590 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1591 {
1592 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1593 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1594 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1595 }
1596
1597 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1598
1599 static int
1600 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1601 {
1602 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1603 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1604 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1605 }
1606
1607 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1608 software. */
1609
1610 int
1611 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1612 {
1613 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1614 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1615 }
1616
1617 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1618 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1619 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1620 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1621 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1622 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1623 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1624 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1625
1626 static int
1627 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1628 {
1629 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1630 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1631 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1632 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1633 }
1634
1635 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1636 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1637
1638 static void
1639 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1640 {
1641 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1642
1643 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1644 {
1645 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1646 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1647 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1648 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1649 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1650 }
1651 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1652 }
1653
1654 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1655 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1656 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1657 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1658 in b->loc->cond.
1659 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1660
1661 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1662 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1663 it.
1664
1665 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1666 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1667 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1668 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1669 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1670 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1671 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1672 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1673
1674 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1675 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1676 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1677 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1678 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1679 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1680 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1681 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1682 not changed.
1683
1684 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1685 hardware watchpoints:
1686
1687 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1688 called several times when GDB stops.
1689
1690 [linux]
1691 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1692 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1693 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1694 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1695 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1696 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1697 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1698 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1699 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1700 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1701 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1702
1703 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1704 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1705
1706 static void
1707 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1708 {
1709 int within_current_scope;
1710 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1711 int frame_saved;
1712
1713 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1714 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1715 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1716 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1717 return;
1718
1719 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1720 return;
1721
1722 frame_saved = 0;
1723
1724 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1725 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1726 within_current_scope = 1;
1727 else
1728 {
1729 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1730 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1731 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1732
1733 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1734 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1735 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1736 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1737 return;
1738
1739 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1740 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1741 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1742 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1743 selected frame. */
1744 frame_saved = 1;
1745 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1746
1747 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1748 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1749 if (within_current_scope)
1750 select_frame (fi);
1751 }
1752
1753 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1754 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1755 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1756 b->base.loc = NULL;
1757
1758 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1759 {
1760 char *s;
1761
1762 if (b->exp)
1763 {
1764 xfree (b->exp);
1765 b->exp = NULL;
1766 }
1767 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1768 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1769 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1770 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1771 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1772 be completely different objects. */
1773 value_free (b->val);
1774 b->val = NULL;
1775 b->val_valid = 0;
1776
1777 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1778 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1779 locations (re)created below. */
1780 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1781 {
1782 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1783 {
1784 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1785 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1786 }
1787
1788 s = b->base.cond_string;
1789 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1790 }
1791 }
1792
1793 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1794 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1795 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1796 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1797 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1798 if ( !target_has_execution)
1799 {
1800 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1801 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1802 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1803 }
1804 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1805 {
1806 int pc = 0;
1807 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1808 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1809
1810 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1811
1812 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1813 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1814 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1815 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1816 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1817 watchpoints. */
1818 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1819 {
1820 b->val = v;
1821 b->val_valid = 1;
1822 }
1823
1824 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1825
1826 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1827 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1828 {
1829 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1830 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1831 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1832 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1833 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1834 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1835 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1836 {
1837 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1838
1839 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1840 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1841 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1842 if (v == result
1843 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1844 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1845 {
1846 CORE_ADDR addr;
1847 int type;
1848 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1849
1850 addr = value_address (v);
1851 type = hw_write;
1852 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1853 type = hw_read;
1854 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1855 type = hw_access;
1856
1857 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1858 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1859 ;
1860 *tmp = loc;
1861 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1862
1863 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1864 loc->address = addr;
1865 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1866 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1867 }
1868 }
1869 }
1870
1871 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1872 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1873 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1874 is started. */
1875 if (reparse)
1876 {
1877 int reg_cnt;
1878 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1879 struct bp_location *bl;
1880
1881 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1882
1883 if (reg_cnt)
1884 {
1885 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1886 enum bptype type;
1887
1888 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1889 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1890 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1891
1892 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1893 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1894 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1895 this watchpoint in as well. */
1896
1897 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1898 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1899 hardware watchpoint type. */
1900 type = b->base.type;
1901 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1902 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1903
1904 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1905 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1906 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1907 through watch_command), so always account for it
1908 manually. */
1909
1910 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1911 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1912
1913 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1914 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1915
1916 target_resources_ok
1917 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1918 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1919 {
1920 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1921
1922 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1923 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1924 "hardware watchpoint."));
1925 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1926 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1927 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1928
1929 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1930 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1931 }
1932 else
1933 {
1934 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1935 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1936 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1937 nop. */
1938 b->base.type = type;
1939 }
1940 }
1941 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1942 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1943 "read/access watchpoint."));
1944 else
1945 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1946
1947 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1948 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1949 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1950 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1951 }
1952
1953 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1954 {
1955 next = value_next (v);
1956 if (v != b->val)
1957 value_free (v);
1958 }
1959
1960 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1961 above left it without any location set up. But,
1962 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1963 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1964 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1965 {
1966 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1967 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1968 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1969 base->loc->address = -1;
1970 base->loc->length = -1;
1971 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1972 }
1973 }
1974 else if (!within_current_scope)
1975 {
1976 printf_filtered (_("\
1977 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1978 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1979 b->base.number);
1980 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1981 }
1982
1983 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1984 if (frame_saved)
1985 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1986 }
1987
1988
1989 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1990 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1991 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1992 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1993 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1994 static int
1995 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1996 {
1997 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1998 return 0;
1999
2000 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2001 return 0;
2002
2003 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2004 return 0;
2005
2006 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2007 return 0;
2008
2009 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2010 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2011 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2012 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2013 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2014 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2015 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2016 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2017 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2018 return 0;
2019
2020 return 1;
2021 }
2022
2023 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2024 that the location is not duplicated. */
2025
2026 static int
2027 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2028 {
2029 int result;
2030 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2031
2032 bl->duplicate = 0;
2033 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2034 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2035 return result;
2036 }
2037
2038 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2039 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2040 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2041 any error during parsing. */
2042
2043 static struct agent_expr *
2044 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2045 {
2046 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2047 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2048 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2049
2050 if (!cond)
2051 return NULL;
2052
2053 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2054 that may show up. */
2055 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2056 {
2057 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2058 }
2059
2060 if (ex.reason < 0)
2061 {
2062 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2063 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2064 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2065 return NULL;
2066 }
2067
2068 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2069 return aexpr;
2070 }
2071
2072 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2073 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2074 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2075 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2076 one of them is true. */
2077
2078 static void
2079 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2080 {
2081 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2082 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2083 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2084 struct bp_location *loc;
2085
2086 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2087 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2088 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2089 side. */
2090 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2091 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2092 return;
2093
2094 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2095 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2096 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2097 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2098 response back to GDB. */
2099 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2100 {
2101 loc = (*loc2p);
2102 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2103 {
2104 if (modified)
2105 {
2106 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2107
2108 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2109 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2110 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2111 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2112 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2113 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2114
2115 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2116 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2117 to the target. */
2118 if (aexpr)
2119 continue;
2120 }
2121
2122 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2123 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2124 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2125 {
2126 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2127 break;
2128 }
2129 }
2130 }
2131
2132 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2133 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2134 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2135
2136 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2137 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2138 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2139 {
2140 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2141 {
2142 loc = (*loc2p);
2143 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2144 {
2145 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2146 located. */
2147 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2148 return;
2149
2150 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2151 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2152 }
2153 }
2154 }
2155
2156 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2157 for this location's address. */
2158 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2159 {
2160 loc = (*loc2p);
2161 if (loc->cond
2162 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2163 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2164 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2165 && loc->enabled)
2166 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2167 conditions to the target. */
2168 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2169 loc->cond_bytecode);
2170 }
2171
2172 return;
2173 }
2174
2175 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2176 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2177 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2178
2179 static struct agent_expr *
2180 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2181 {
2182 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2183 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2184 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2185 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2186 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2187 char *cmdrest;
2188 char *format_start, *format_end;
2189 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2190 int nargs;
2191 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2192
2193 if (!cmd)
2194 return NULL;
2195
2196 cmdrest = cmd;
2197
2198 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2199 ++cmdrest;
2200 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2201
2202 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2203 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2204
2205 format_start = cmdrest;
2206
2207 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2208
2209 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2210
2211 format_end = cmdrest;
2212
2213 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2214 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2215
2216 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2217
2218 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2219 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2220
2221 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2222 cmdrest++;
2223 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2224
2225 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2226
2227 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2228 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2229
2230 nargs = 0;
2231 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2232 {
2233 char *cmd1;
2234
2235 cmd1 = cmdrest;
2236 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2237 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2238 cmdrest = cmd1;
2239 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2240 ++cmdrest;
2241 }
2242
2243 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2244 that may show up. */
2245 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2246 {
2247 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2248 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2249 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2250 }
2251
2252 if (ex.reason < 0)
2253 {
2254 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2255 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2256 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2257 return NULL;
2258 }
2259
2260 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2261
2262 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2263 return aexpr;
2264 }
2265
2266 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2267 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2268 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2269
2270 static void
2271 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2272 {
2273 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2274 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2275 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2276 struct bp_location *loc;
2277
2278 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2279 if (bl->owner->type != bp_dprintf
2280 || strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
2281 return;
2282
2283 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2284 return;
2285
2286 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2287 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2288 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2289 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2290 response back to GDB. */
2291 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2292 {
2293 loc = (*loc2p);
2294 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2295 {
2296 if (modified)
2297 {
2298 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2299
2300 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2301 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2302 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2303 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2304 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2305 loc->owner->extra_string);
2306 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2307
2308 if (!aexpr)
2309 continue;
2310 }
2311
2312 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2313 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2314 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2315 {
2316 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2317 break;
2318 }
2319 }
2320 }
2321
2322 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2323 and so clean up. */
2324 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2325 {
2326 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2327 {
2328 loc = (*loc2p);
2329 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2330 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2331 {
2332 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2333 located. */
2334 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2335 return;
2336
2337 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2338 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2339 }
2340 }
2341 }
2342
2343 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2344 for this location's address. */
2345 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2346 {
2347 loc = (*loc2p);
2348 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2349 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2350 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2351 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2352 && loc->enabled)
2353 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2354 to send the commands to the target. */
2355 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2356 loc->cmd_bytecode);
2357 }
2358
2359 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2360 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2361 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2362 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2363 }
2364
2365 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2366 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2367 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2368 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2369 -1 for failure.
2370
2371 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2372 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2373 static int
2374 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2375 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2376 int *disabled_breaks,
2377 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2378 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2379 {
2380 int val = 0;
2381 char *hw_bp_err_string = NULL;
2382 struct gdb_exception e;
2383
2384 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2385 return 0;
2386
2387 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2388 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2389 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2390 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2391 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2392 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2393 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2394 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2395 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2396 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2397 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2398 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2399
2400 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2401 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2402 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2403 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2404
2405 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2406 {
2407 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2408 build_target_command_list (bl);
2409 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2410 bl->needs_update = 0;
2411 }
2412
2413 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2414 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2415 {
2416 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2417 {
2418 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2419 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2420 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2421
2422 Two important cases are:
2423 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2424 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2425 hardware breakpoint.
2426 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2427 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2428 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2429 so we undo.
2430
2431 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2432 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2433 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2434 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2435 gdb. */
2436 struct mem_region *mr
2437 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2438
2439 if (mr)
2440 {
2441 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2442 {
2443 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2444
2445 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2446 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2447 else
2448 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2449
2450 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2451 {
2452 static int said = 0;
2453
2454 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2455 if (!said)
2456 {
2457 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2458 _("Note: automatically using "
2459 "hardware breakpoints for "
2460 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2461 said = 1;
2462 }
2463 }
2464 }
2465 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2466 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2467 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2468 "at readonly address %s"),
2469 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2470 }
2471 }
2472
2473 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2474 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2475 || bl->section == NULL
2476 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2477 {
2478 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2479 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2480 {
2481 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2482 }
2483 if (e.reason < 0)
2484 {
2485 val = 1;
2486 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2487 }
2488 }
2489 else
2490 {
2491 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2492 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2493 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2494 {
2495 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2496 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2497 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2498 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2499 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2500 bl->owner->number);
2501 else
2502 {
2503 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2504 bl->section);
2505 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2506 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2507 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2508 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2509 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2510 if (val != 0)
2511 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2512 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2513 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2514 bl->owner->number);
2515 }
2516 }
2517 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2518 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2519 {
2520 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2521 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2522 {
2523 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2524 }
2525 if (e.reason < 0)
2526 {
2527 val = 1;
2528 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2529 }
2530 }
2531 else
2532 {
2533 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2534 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2535 return 0;
2536 }
2537 }
2538
2539 if (val)
2540 {
2541 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2542 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2543 {
2544 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2545 val = 0;
2546 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2547 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2548 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2549 {
2550 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2551 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2552 bl->owner->number);
2553 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2554 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2555 "library breakpoints:\n");
2556 }
2557 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2558 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2559 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2560 }
2561 else
2562 {
2563 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2564 {
2565 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2566 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = hw_bp_err_string != NULL;
2567 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2568 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2569 bl->owner->number, hw_bp_err_string ? ":" : ".\n");
2570 if (hw_bp_err_string)
2571 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string);
2572 }
2573 else
2574 {
2575 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2576 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2577 bl->owner->number);
2578 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
2579 "Error accessing memory address ");
2580 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2581 tmp_error_stream);
2582 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
2583 safe_strerror (val));
2584 }
2585
2586 }
2587 }
2588 else
2589 bl->inserted = 1;
2590
2591 return val;
2592 }
2593
2594 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2595 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2596 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2597 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2598 {
2599 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2600 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2601
2602 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2603
2604 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2605 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2606 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2607 {
2608 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2609
2610 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2611 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2612 of this one. */
2613 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2614 if (loc != bl
2615 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2616 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2617 {
2618 bl->duplicate = 1;
2619 bl->inserted = 1;
2620 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2621 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2622 val = 0;
2623 break;
2624 }
2625
2626 if (val == 1)
2627 {
2628 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2629 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2630
2631 if (val)
2632 /* Back to the original value. */
2633 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2634 }
2635 }
2636
2637 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2638 }
2639
2640 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2641 {
2642 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2643 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2644
2645 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2646 if (val)
2647 {
2648 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2649
2650 if (val == 1)
2651 warning (_("\
2652 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2653 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2654 else
2655 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2656 }
2657
2658 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2659
2660 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2661 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2662 so just return success. */
2663 return 0;
2664 }
2665
2666 return 0;
2667 }
2668
2669 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2670 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2671 PSPACE anymore. */
2672
2673 void
2674 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2675 {
2676 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2677 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2678
2679 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2680 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2681 {
2682 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2683 delete_breakpoint (b);
2684 }
2685
2686 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2687 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2688 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2689 {
2690 struct bp_location *tmp;
2691
2692 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2693 {
2694 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2695 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2696 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2697 else
2698 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2699 if (tmp->next == loc)
2700 {
2701 tmp->next = loc->next;
2702 break;
2703 }
2704 }
2705 }
2706
2707 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2708 removed locations above. */
2709 update_global_location_list (0);
2710 }
2711
2712 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2713 Throws exception on any error.
2714 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2715 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2716 void
2717 insert_breakpoints (void)
2718 {
2719 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2720
2721 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2722 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2723 {
2724 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2725
2726 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2727 }
2728
2729 update_global_location_list (1);
2730
2731 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2732 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2733 now. */
2734 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2735 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2736 }
2737
2738 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2739
2740 void
2741 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2742 {
2743 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2744
2745 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2746 {
2747 callback (loc, NULL);
2748 }
2749 }
2750
2751 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2752 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2753 always-inserted mode. */
2754
2755 static void
2756 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2757 {
2758 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2759 int error_flag = 0;
2760 int val = 0;
2761 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2762 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2763 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2764
2765 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2766 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2767
2768 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2769 there was an error. */
2770 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2771
2772 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2773
2774 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2775 {
2776 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2777 breakpoints. */
2778 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2779 continue;
2780
2781 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2782 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2783 deletion of breakpoints. */
2784 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2785 continue;
2786
2787 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2788
2789 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2790 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2791 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2792 insert breakpoints. */
2793 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
2794 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2795 continue;
2796
2797 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2798 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2799 if (val)
2800 error_flag = val;
2801 }
2802
2803 if (error_flag)
2804 {
2805 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2806 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2807 }
2808
2809 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2810 }
2811
2812 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2813
2814 static void
2815 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2816 {
2817 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2818 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2819 int error_flag = 0;
2820 int val = 0;
2821 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2822 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2823 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2824
2825 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2826 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2827
2828 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2829 there was an error. */
2830 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2831
2832 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2833
2834 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2835 {
2836 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2837 continue;
2838
2839 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2840 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2841 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2842 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2843 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2844 continue;
2845
2846 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2847
2848 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2849 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2850 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2851 insert breakpoints. */
2852 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
2853 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2854 continue;
2855
2856 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2857 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2858 if (val)
2859 error_flag = val;
2860 }
2861
2862 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2863 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2864 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2865 {
2866 int some_failed = 0;
2867 struct bp_location *loc;
2868
2869 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2870 continue;
2871
2872 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2873 continue;
2874
2875 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2876 continue;
2877
2878 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2879 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2880 {
2881 some_failed = 1;
2882 break;
2883 }
2884 if (some_failed)
2885 {
2886 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2887 if (loc->inserted)
2888 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2889
2890 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2891 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2892 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2893 bpt->number);
2894 error_flag = -1;
2895 }
2896 }
2897
2898 if (error_flag)
2899 {
2900 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2901 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2902 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2903 {
2904 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2905 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2906 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2907 }
2908 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2909 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2910 }
2911
2912 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2913 }
2914
2915 /* Used when the program stops.
2916 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2917 removing a breakpoint location. */
2918
2919 int
2920 remove_breakpoints (void)
2921 {
2922 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2923 int val = 0;
2924
2925 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2926 {
2927 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2928 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2929 }
2930 return val;
2931 }
2932
2933 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2934
2935 int
2936 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2937 {
2938 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2939 int val;
2940 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2941
2942 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2943 {
2944 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2945 continue;
2946
2947 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
2948 continue;
2949
2950 if (bl->inserted)
2951 {
2952 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2953 if (val != 0)
2954 return val;
2955 }
2956 }
2957 return 0;
2958 }
2959
2960 int
2961 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2962 {
2963 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2964 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2965 int val;
2966 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2967 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
2968 struct inferior *inf;
2969 struct thread_info *tp;
2970
2971 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2972 if (tp == NULL)
2973 return 1;
2974
2975 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2976 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2977
2978 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2979
2980 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2981 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2982
2983 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2984 {
2985 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2986 continue;
2987
2988 if (bl->inserted)
2989 {
2990 bl->inserted = 0;
2991 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
2992 if (val != 0)
2993 {
2994 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2995 return val;
2996 }
2997 }
2998 }
2999 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3000 return 0;
3001 }
3002
3003 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3004
3005 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3006 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3007 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3008 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3009 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3010 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3011 static void
3012 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3013 {
3014 if (internal)
3015 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3016 else
3017 {
3018 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3019 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3020 }
3021 }
3022
3023 static struct breakpoint *
3024 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3025 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3026 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3027 {
3028 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3029 struct breakpoint *b;
3030
3031 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3032
3033 sal.pc = address;
3034 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3035 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3036
3037 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3038 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3039 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3040
3041 return b;
3042 }
3043
3044 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3045 {
3046 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3047 };
3048 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3049
3050 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3051 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3052 {
3053 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3054 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
3055
3056 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3057 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3058
3059 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3060 int longjmp_searched;
3061
3062 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3063 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3064
3065 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3066 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
3067
3068 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3069 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
3070
3071 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3072 int exception_searched;
3073
3074 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3075 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3076 };
3077
3078 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3079
3080 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3081 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3082
3083 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3084
3085 static int
3086 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3087 {
3088 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3089 }
3090
3091 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3092 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3093
3094 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3095 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3096 {
3097 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3098
3099 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3100 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3101 {
3102 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3103 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3104
3105 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3106 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3107 }
3108 return bp_objfile_data;
3109 }
3110
3111 static void
3112 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3113 {
3114 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3115
3116 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3117 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3118 }
3119
3120 static void
3121 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3122 {
3123 struct objfile *objfile;
3124 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3125
3126 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3127 {
3128 struct breakpoint *b;
3129 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3130 CORE_ADDR addr;
3131
3132 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3133
3134 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
3135 continue;
3136
3137 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
3138 {
3139 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3140
3141 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3142 if (m == NULL)
3143 {
3144 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3145 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
3146 continue;
3147 }
3148 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3149 }
3150
3151 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3152 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3153 bp_overlay_event,
3154 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3155 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3156
3157 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3158 {
3159 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3160 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3161 }
3162 else
3163 {
3164 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3165 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3166 }
3167 }
3168 update_global_location_list (1);
3169 }
3170
3171 static void
3172 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3173 {
3174 struct program_space *pspace;
3175 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3176
3177 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3178
3179 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3180 {
3181 struct objfile *objfile;
3182
3183 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3184
3185 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3186 {
3187 int i;
3188 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3189 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3190
3191 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3192 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3193 continue;
3194
3195 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3196
3197 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3198 {
3199 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes
3200 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3201 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3202 }
3203
3204 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3205 {
3206 int i;
3207 struct probe *probe;
3208 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3209
3210 for (i = 0;
3211 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3212 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3213 i, probe);
3214 ++i)
3215 {
3216 struct breakpoint *b;
3217
3218 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3219 bp_longjmp_master,
3220 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3221 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3222 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3223 }
3224
3225 continue;
3226 }
3227
3228 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3229 {
3230 struct breakpoint *b;
3231 const char *func_name;
3232 CORE_ADDR addr;
3233
3234 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
3235 continue;
3236
3237 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3238 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
3239 {
3240 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3241
3242 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3243 if (m == NULL)
3244 {
3245 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3246 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
3247 continue;
3248 }
3249 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3250 }
3251
3252 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3253 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3254 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3255 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3256 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3257 }
3258 }
3259 }
3260 update_global_location_list (1);
3261
3262 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3263 }
3264
3265 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3266 static void
3267 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3268 {
3269 struct program_space *pspace;
3270 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3271 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3272
3273 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3274
3275 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3276 {
3277 struct objfile *objfile;
3278 CORE_ADDR addr;
3279
3280 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3281
3282 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3283 {
3284 struct breakpoint *b;
3285 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3286
3287 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3288
3289 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
3290 continue;
3291
3292 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
3293 {
3294 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3295
3296 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3297 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
3298 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
3299 {
3300 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3301 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
3302 continue;
3303 }
3304 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3305 }
3306
3307 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3308 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3309 bp_std_terminate_master,
3310 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3311 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3312 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3313 }
3314 }
3315
3316 update_global_location_list (1);
3317
3318 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3319 }
3320
3321 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3322
3323 static void
3324 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3325 {
3326 struct objfile *objfile;
3327 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3328
3329 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3330 {
3331 struct breakpoint *b;
3332 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3333 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3334 CORE_ADDR addr;
3335
3336 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3337
3338 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3339 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3340 {
3341 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes
3342 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3343 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3344 }
3345
3346 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3347 {
3348 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3349 int i;
3350 struct probe *probe;
3351
3352 for (i = 0;
3353 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3354 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3355 i, probe);
3356 ++i)
3357 {
3358 struct breakpoint *b;
3359
3360 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3361 bp_exception_master,
3362 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3363 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3364 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3365 }
3366
3367 continue;
3368 }
3369
3370 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3371
3372 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
3373 continue;
3374
3375 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3376
3377 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
3378 {
3379 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
3380
3381 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3382 if (debug_hook == NULL)
3383 {
3384 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
3385 continue;
3386 }
3387
3388 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3389 }
3390
3391 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3392 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3393 &current_target);
3394 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3395 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3396 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3397 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3398 }
3399
3400 update_global_location_list (1);
3401 }
3402
3403 void
3404 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3405 {
3406 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3407 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3408
3409 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3410 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3411 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3412 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3413 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3414 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3415 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3416 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3417 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3418 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3419 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3420
3421 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3422 {
3423 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3424 continue;
3425
3426 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3427 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3428 {
3429 delete_breakpoint (b);
3430 continue;
3431 }
3432
3433 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3434 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3435 {
3436 delete_breakpoint (b);
3437 continue;
3438 }
3439
3440 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3441 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3442 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3443 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3444 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3445 {
3446 delete_breakpoint (b);
3447 continue;
3448 }
3449
3450 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3451 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3452 {
3453 delete_breakpoint (b);
3454 continue;
3455 }
3456
3457 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3458 after an exec. */
3459 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3460 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3461 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3462 {
3463 delete_breakpoint (b);
3464 continue;
3465 }
3466
3467 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3468 {
3469 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3470 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3471 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3472 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3473 continue;
3474 }
3475
3476 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3477 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3478 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3479 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3480 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3481 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3482
3483 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3484 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3485 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3486 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3487 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3488 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3489 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3490
3491 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3492 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3493 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3494 let finish_command delete it.
3495
3496 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3497 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3498 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3499 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3500 solib breakpoints.) */
3501
3502 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3503 {
3504 continue;
3505 }
3506
3507 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3508 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3509 a.out. */
3510 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3511 {
3512 delete_breakpoint (b);
3513 continue;
3514 }
3515 }
3516 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3517 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3518 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3519 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3520 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3521 }
3522
3523 int
3524 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3525 {
3526 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3527 int val = 0;
3528 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3529 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3530
3531 if (PIDGET (ptid) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
3532 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3533
3534 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3535 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3536 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3537 {
3538 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3539 continue;
3540
3541 if (bl->inserted)
3542 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3543 }
3544
3545 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3546 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3547
3548 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3549 return val;
3550 }
3551
3552 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3553 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3554 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3555 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3556 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3557
3558 static int
3559 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3560 {
3561 int val;
3562
3563 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3564 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3565
3566 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3567 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3568 return 0;
3569
3570 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3571 This should not ever happen. */
3572 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3573
3574 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3575 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3576 {
3577 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3578 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3579 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3580
3581 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3582 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3583 || bl->section == NULL
3584 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3585 {
3586 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3587 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3588 }
3589 else
3590 {
3591 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3592 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3593 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3594 {
3595 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3596 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3597 */
3598 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3599 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3600 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3601 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3602 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3603 else
3604 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3605 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3606 }
3607 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3608 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3609 if (bl->inserted)
3610 {
3611 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3612 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3613 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3614 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3615
3616 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3617 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3618 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3619 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3620 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3621 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3622 else
3623 val = 0;
3624 }
3625 else
3626 {
3627 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3628 val = 0;
3629 }
3630 }
3631
3632 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3633 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3634 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3635 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3636 val = 0;
3637
3638 if (val)
3639 return val;
3640 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3641 }
3642 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3643 {
3644 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3645 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3646
3647 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3648 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3649
3650 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3651 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3652 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3653 bl->owner->number);
3654 }
3655 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3656 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3657 && !bl->duplicate)
3658 {
3659 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3660 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3661
3662 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3663 if (val)
3664 return val;
3665
3666 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3667 }
3668
3669 return 0;
3670 }
3671
3672 static int
3673 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3674 {
3675 int ret;
3676 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3677
3678 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3679 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3680
3681 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3682 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3683 return 0;
3684
3685 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3686 This should not ever happen. */
3687 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3688
3689 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3690
3691 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3692
3693 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3694
3695 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3696 return ret;
3697 }
3698
3699 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3700
3701 void
3702 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3703 {
3704 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3705
3706 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3707 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3708 bl->inserted = 0;
3709 }
3710
3711 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3712 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3713
3714 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3715 between runs.
3716
3717 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3718 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3719 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3720
3721
3722
3723 void
3724 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3725 {
3726 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3727 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3728 int ix;
3729 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3730
3731 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3732 nothing to do. */
3733 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
3734 return;
3735
3736 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3737 {
3738 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3739 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3740 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3741 bl->inserted = 0;
3742 }
3743
3744 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3745 {
3746 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3747 continue;
3748
3749 switch (b->type)
3750 {
3751 case bp_call_dummy:
3752 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3753
3754 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3755 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3756 rid of it. */
3757
3758 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3759
3760 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3761
3762 case bp_shlib_event:
3763
3764 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3765 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3766 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3767 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3768 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3769
3770 (gdb) file prog-linux
3771 (gdb) run # native linux target
3772 ...
3773 (gdb) kill
3774 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3775 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3776 */
3777
3778 case bp_step_resume:
3779
3780 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3781
3782 delete_breakpoint (b);
3783 break;
3784
3785 case bp_watchpoint:
3786 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3787 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3788 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3789 {
3790 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3791
3792 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3793 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3794 delete_breakpoint (b);
3795 else if (context == inf_starting)
3796 {
3797 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3798 insert_breakpoints. */
3799 if (w->val)
3800 value_free (w->val);
3801 w->val = NULL;
3802 w->val_valid = 0;
3803 }
3804 }
3805 break;
3806 default:
3807 break;
3808 }
3809 }
3810
3811 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3812 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3813 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3814 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3815 }
3816
3817 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3818 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3819 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3820 match, not program space. */
3821
3822 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3823 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3824 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3825 permanent breakpoint.
3826 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3827 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3828 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3829 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3830 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3831
3832 enum breakpoint_here
3833 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3834 {
3835 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3836 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3837
3838 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3839 {
3840 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3841 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3842 continue;
3843
3844 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3845 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3846 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3847 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3848 {
3849 if (overlay_debugging
3850 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3851 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3852 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3853 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3854 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3855 else
3856 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3857 }
3858 }
3859
3860 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3861 }
3862
3863 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3864
3865 int
3866 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3867 {
3868 struct bp_location *loc;
3869 int ix;
3870
3871 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3872 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
3873 return 1;
3874
3875 return 0;
3876 }
3877
3878 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3879 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3880 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3881 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3882
3883 int
3884 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3885 CORE_ADDR pc)
3886 {
3887 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3888
3889 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3890 {
3891 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3892 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3893 continue;
3894
3895 if (bl->inserted
3896 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3897 {
3898 if (overlay_debugging
3899 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3900 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3901 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3902 else
3903 return 1;
3904 }
3905 }
3906 return 0;
3907 }
3908
3909 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3910 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3911
3912 int
3913 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3914 {
3915 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3916 return 1;
3917
3918 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3919 return 1;
3920
3921 return 0;
3922 }
3923
3924 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3925 inserted at PC. */
3926
3927 int
3928 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3929 CORE_ADDR pc)
3930 {
3931 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3932
3933 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3934 {
3935 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3936 continue;
3937
3938 if (bl->inserted
3939 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3940 aspace, pc))
3941 {
3942 if (overlay_debugging
3943 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3944 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3945 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3946 else
3947 return 1;
3948 }
3949 }
3950
3951 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3952 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3953 return 1;
3954
3955 return 0;
3956 }
3957
3958 int
3959 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3960 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3961 {
3962 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3963
3964 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3965 {
3966 struct bp_location *loc;
3967
3968 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3969 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3970 continue;
3971
3972 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3973 continue;
3974
3975 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3976 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3977 {
3978 CORE_ADDR l, h;
3979
3980 /* Check for intersection. */
3981 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3982 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3983 if (l < h)
3984 return 1;
3985 }
3986 }
3987 return 0;
3988 }
3989
3990 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3991 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3992
3993 int
3994 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
3995 ptid_t ptid)
3996 {
3997 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3998 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
3999 int thread = -1;
4000 int task = 0;
4001
4002 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4003 {
4004 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4005 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4006 continue;
4007
4008 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4009 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4010 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4011 continue;
4012
4013 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4014 continue;
4015
4016 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4017 {
4018 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4019 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4020 it is now time to do so. */
4021 if (thread == -1)
4022 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4023 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4024 continue;
4025 }
4026
4027 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4028 {
4029 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4030 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4031 it is now time to do so. */
4032 if (task == 0)
4033 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4034 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4035 continue;
4036 }
4037
4038 if (overlay_debugging
4039 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4040 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4041 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4042
4043 return 1;
4044 }
4045
4046 return 0;
4047 }
4048 \f
4049
4050 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4051 in breakpoint.h. */
4052
4053 int
4054 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4055 {
4056 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4057 }
4058
4059 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4060 'next' chain. */
4061
4062 static void
4063 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4064 {
4065 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4066 value_free (bs->old_val);
4067 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4068 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4069 xfree (bs);
4070 }
4071
4072 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4073 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4074
4075 void
4076 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4077 {
4078 bpstat p;
4079 bpstat q;
4080
4081 if (bsp == 0)
4082 return;
4083 p = *bsp;
4084 while (p != NULL)
4085 {
4086 q = p->next;
4087 bpstat_free (p);
4088 p = q;
4089 }
4090 *bsp = NULL;
4091 }
4092
4093 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4094 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4095
4096 bpstat
4097 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4098 {
4099 bpstat p = NULL;
4100 bpstat tmp;
4101 bpstat retval = NULL;
4102
4103 if (bs == NULL)
4104 return bs;
4105
4106 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4107 {
4108 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4109 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4110 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4111 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4112 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4113 {
4114 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4115 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4116 }
4117
4118 if (p == NULL)
4119 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4120 retval = tmp;
4121 else
4122 p->next = tmp;
4123 p = tmp;
4124 }
4125 p->next = NULL;
4126 return retval;
4127 }
4128
4129 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4130
4131 bpstat
4132 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4133 {
4134 if (bsp == NULL)
4135 return NULL;
4136
4137 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4138 {
4139 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4140 return bsp;
4141 }
4142 return NULL;
4143 }
4144
4145 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4146 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4147 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4148 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4149
4150 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4151 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4152 we set it.
4153 Return 1 otherwise. */
4154
4155 int
4156 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4157 {
4158 struct breakpoint *b;
4159
4160 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
4161 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4162
4163 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4164 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4165 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4166 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4167 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4168 if (b == NULL)
4169 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4170
4171 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4172 return 1;
4173 }
4174
4175 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4176
4177 void
4178 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4179 {
4180 struct thread_info *tp;
4181 bpstat bs;
4182
4183 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4184 return;
4185
4186 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4187 if (tp == NULL)
4188 return;
4189
4190 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4191 {
4192 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4193
4194 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4195 {
4196 value_free (bs->old_val);
4197 bs->old_val = NULL;
4198 }
4199 }
4200 }
4201
4202 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4203
4204 static void
4205 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4206 {
4207 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4208 {
4209 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4210
4211 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4212 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4213 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4214 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4215 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4216 return;
4217 }
4218
4219 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4220 }
4221
4222 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4223 command. */
4224 static void
4225 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4226 {
4227 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4228 }
4229
4230 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4231 or its equivalent. */
4232
4233 static int
4234 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4235 {
4236 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4237 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4238 }
4239
4240 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4241 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4242 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4243 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4244
4245 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4246 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4247 bpstat of the current thread. */
4248
4249 static int
4250 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4251 {
4252 bpstat bs;
4253 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4254 int again = 0;
4255
4256 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4257 in bs->commands. */
4258 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4259 return 0;
4260
4261 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4262 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4263
4264 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4265
4266 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4267 bs = *bsp;
4268
4269 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4270 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4271 {
4272 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4273 struct command_line *cmd;
4274 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4275
4276 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4277
4278 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4279 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4280 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4281 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4282 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4283 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4284 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4285 the tree when we're done. */
4286 ccmd = bs->commands;
4287 bs->commands = NULL;
4288 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4289 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4290 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4291 {
4292 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4293 cmd = cmd->next;
4294 }
4295
4296 while (cmd != NULL)
4297 {
4298 execute_control_command (cmd);
4299
4300 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4301 break;
4302 else
4303 cmd = cmd->next;
4304 }
4305
4306 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4307 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4308
4309 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4310 {
4311 if (target_can_async_p ())
4312 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4313 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4314 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4315 ;
4316 else
4317 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4318 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4319 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4320 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4321 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4322 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4323 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4324 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4325 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4326 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4327 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4328 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4329 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4330 again = 1;
4331 break;
4332 }
4333 }
4334 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4335 return again;
4336 }
4337
4338 void
4339 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4340 {
4341 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4342
4343 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4344 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4345 && target_has_execution
4346 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4347 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4348 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4349 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4350 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4351 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4352 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4353 break;
4354
4355 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4356 }
4357
4358 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4359
4360 static void
4361 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4362 {
4363 if (val == NULL)
4364 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4365 else
4366 {
4367 struct value_print_options opts;
4368 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4369 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4370 }
4371 }
4372
4373 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4374 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4375 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4376 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4377 normal_stop(). */
4378
4379 static enum print_stop_action
4380 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4381 {
4382 switch (bs->print_it)
4383 {
4384 case print_it_noop:
4385 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4386 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4387 break;
4388
4389 case print_it_done:
4390 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4391 relevant messages. */
4392 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4393 break;
4394
4395 case print_it_normal:
4396 {
4397 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4398
4399 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4400 which has since been deleted. */
4401 if (b == NULL)
4402 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4403
4404 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4405 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4406 }
4407 break;
4408
4409 default:
4410 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4411 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4412 break;
4413 }
4414 }
4415
4416 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4417
4418 static void
4419 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4420 {
4421 int any_deleted
4422 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4423 int any_added
4424 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4425
4426 if (!is_catchpoint)
4427 {
4428 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4429 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4430 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4431 else
4432 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4433 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4434 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4435 }
4436
4437 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4438 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4439 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4440
4441 if (any_deleted)
4442 {
4443 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4444 char *name;
4445 int ix;
4446
4447 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4448 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4449 "removed");
4450 for (ix = 0;
4451 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4452 ix, name);
4453 ++ix)
4454 {
4455 if (ix > 0)
4456 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4457 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4458 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4459 }
4460
4461 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4462 }
4463
4464 if (any_added)
4465 {
4466 struct so_list *iter;
4467 int ix;
4468 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4469
4470 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4471 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4472 "added");
4473 for (ix = 0;
4474 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4475 ix, iter);
4476 ++ix)
4477 {
4478 if (ix > 0)
4479 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4480 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4481 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4482 }
4483
4484 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4485 }
4486 }
4487
4488 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4489 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4490 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4491 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4492 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4493 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4494 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4495 routine is one of:
4496
4497 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4498 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4499 code to print the location. An example is
4500 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4501 the location.
4502 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4503 to also print the location part of the message.
4504 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4505 don't require a location appended to the end.
4506 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4507 further info to be printed. */
4508
4509 enum print_stop_action
4510 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4511 {
4512 int val;
4513
4514 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4515 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4516 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4517 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4518 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4519 {
4520 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4521 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4522 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4523 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4524 return val;
4525 }
4526
4527 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4528 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4529 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4530 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4531 {
4532 print_solib_event (0);
4533 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4534 }
4535
4536 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4537 with and nothing was printed. */
4538 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4539 }
4540
4541 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4542 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4543 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4544 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4545
4546 static int
4547 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4548 {
4549 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4550 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4551
4552 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4553 return i;
4554 }
4555
4556 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4557
4558 static bpstat
4559 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4560 {
4561 bpstat bs;
4562
4563 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4564 bs->next = NULL;
4565 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4566 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4567 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4568 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4569 incref_bp_location (bl);
4570 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4571 bs->commands = NULL;
4572 bs->old_val = NULL;
4573 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4574 return bs;
4575 }
4576 \f
4577 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4578 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4579
4580 int
4581 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4582 {
4583 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4584 CORE_ADDR addr;
4585 struct breakpoint *b;
4586
4587 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4588 {
4589 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4590 as not triggered. */
4591 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4592 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4593 {
4594 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4595
4596 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4597 }
4598
4599 return 0;
4600 }
4601
4602 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
4603 {
4604 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4605 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4606 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4607 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4608 {
4609 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4610
4611 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4612 }
4613
4614 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
4615 }
4616
4617 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4618 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4619 triggered. */
4620
4621 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4622 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4623 {
4624 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4625 struct bp_location *loc;
4626
4627 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4628 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4629 {
4630 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4631 {
4632 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4633 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4634
4635 if (newaddr == start)
4636 {
4637 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4638 break;
4639 }
4640 }
4641 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4642 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
4643 addr, loc->address,
4644 loc->length))
4645 {
4646 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4647 break;
4648 }
4649 }
4650 }
4651
4652 return 1;
4653 }
4654
4655 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4656 because of check_errors). */
4657 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4658 #define WP_DELETED 1
4659 /* The value has changed. */
4660 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4661 /* The value has not changed. */
4662 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4663 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4664 #define WP_IGNORE 4
4665
4666 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4667 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4668
4669 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4670 changed.
4671
4672 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4673 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4674
4675 static int
4676 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4677 {
4678 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4679 struct watchpoint *b;
4680 struct frame_info *fr;
4681 int within_current_scope;
4682
4683 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4684 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4685 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4686
4687 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4688 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4689 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4690 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4691 return WP_IGNORE;
4692
4693 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4694 within_current_scope = 1;
4695 else
4696 {
4697 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4698 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4699 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4700
4701 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4702 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4703 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4704 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4705 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4706 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4707 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4708 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4709 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4710 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4711 return WP_IGNORE;
4712
4713 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4714 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4715
4716 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4717 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4718 if (within_current_scope)
4719 {
4720 struct symbol *function;
4721
4722 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4723 if (function == NULL
4724 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4725 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4726 within_current_scope = 0;
4727 }
4728
4729 if (within_current_scope)
4730 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4731 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4732 the user. */
4733 select_frame (fr);
4734 }
4735
4736 if (within_current_scope)
4737 {
4738 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4739 time before we return to the command level and call
4740 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4741 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4742
4743 int pc = 0;
4744 struct value *mark;
4745 struct value *new_val;
4746
4747 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4748 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4749 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4750 a mask watchpoint. */
4751 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4752
4753 mark = value_mark ();
4754 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
4755
4756 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4757 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4758 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4759 not what we want. */
4760 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4761 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4762 {
4763 if (new_val != NULL)
4764 {
4765 release_value (new_val);
4766 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4767 }
4768 bs->old_val = b->val;
4769 b->val = new_val;
4770 b->val_valid = 1;
4771 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4772 }
4773 else
4774 {
4775 /* Nothing changed. */
4776 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4777 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4778 }
4779 }
4780 else
4781 {
4782 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4783
4784 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4785 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4786 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4787 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4788 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4789 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4790 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4791 the first value assigned). */
4792 /* We print all the stop information in
4793 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4794 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4795 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4796 here. */
4797 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4798 ui_out_field_string
4799 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4800 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4801 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4802 ui_out_text (uiout,
4803 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4804 which its expression is valid.\n");
4805
4806 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4807 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4808 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4809
4810 return WP_DELETED;
4811 }
4812 }
4813
4814 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4815 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4816 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4817
4818 static int
4819 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4820 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4821 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4822 {
4823 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4824
4825 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4826 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4827
4828 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4829 }
4830
4831 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4832 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4833
4834 static void
4835 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4836 {
4837 const struct bp_location *bl;
4838 struct watchpoint *b;
4839
4840 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4841 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4842 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4843 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4844 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4845
4846 {
4847 int must_check_value = 0;
4848
4849 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4850 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4851 watched value. */
4852 must_check_value = 1;
4853 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4854 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4855 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4856 this watchpoint. */
4857 must_check_value = 1;
4858 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4859 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4860 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4861 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4862 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4863 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4864 must_check_value = 1;
4865
4866 if (must_check_value)
4867 {
4868 char *message
4869 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4870 b->base.number);
4871 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
4872 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
4873 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4874 do_cleanups (cleanups);
4875 switch (e)
4876 {
4877 case WP_DELETED:
4878 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4879 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4880 /* Stop. */
4881 break;
4882 case WP_IGNORE:
4883 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4884 bs->stop = 0;
4885 break;
4886 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
4887 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4888 {
4889 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4890
4891 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4892 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4893 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4894 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4895 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4896 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4897 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4898 old value.
4899
4900 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4901 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4902 happen:
4903
4904 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4905 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4906 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4907 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4908
4909 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4910 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4911 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4912 watchpoint.
4913
4914 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4915 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4916 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4917 changes. This still gives false positives when
4918 the program writes the same value to memory as
4919 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4920 it for a read), but it's much better than
4921 nothing. */
4922
4923 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4924
4925 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4926 {
4927 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4928
4929 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4930 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4931 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4932 {
4933 struct watchpoint *other_w =
4934 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
4935
4936 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
4937 == watch_triggered_yes)
4938 {
4939 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4940 break;
4941 }
4942 }
4943 }
4944
4945 if (other_write_watchpoint
4946 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4947 {
4948 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4949 and the value changed since the last time we
4950 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4951 Ignore it. */
4952 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4953 bs->stop = 0;
4954 }
4955 }
4956 break;
4957 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4958 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4959 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4960 {
4961 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4962 the value hasn't changed. */
4963 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4964 bs->stop = 0;
4965 }
4966 /* Stop. */
4967 break;
4968 default:
4969 /* Can't happen. */
4970 case 0:
4971 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4972 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
4973 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4974 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4975 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4976 break;
4977 }
4978 }
4979 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4980 {
4981 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4982 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4983 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4984 anything for this watchpoint. */
4985 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4986 bs->stop = 0;
4987 }
4988 }
4989 }
4990
4991
4992 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4993 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4994 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4995
4996 static void
4997 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
4998 {
4999 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
5000 const struct bp_location *bl;
5001 struct breakpoint *b;
5002
5003 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5004 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5005 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5006 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5007 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5008
5009 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5010 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5011 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5012
5013 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5014 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5015 bs->stop = 0;
5016 else if (bs->stop)
5017 {
5018 int value_is_zero = 0;
5019 struct expression *cond;
5020
5021 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5022 method implemented. */
5023 if (b->py_bp_object)
5024 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
5025
5026 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5027 {
5028 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5029
5030 cond = w->cond_exp;
5031 }
5032 else
5033 cond = bl->cond;
5034
5035 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5036 {
5037 int within_current_scope = 1;
5038 struct watchpoint * w;
5039
5040 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5041 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5042 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5043 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5044 function call. */
5045 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5046
5047 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5048 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5049 else
5050 w = NULL;
5051
5052 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5053 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5054 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5055 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5056 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5057 call site. */
5058 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5059 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5060 else
5061 {
5062 struct frame_info *frame;
5063
5064 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5065 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5066 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5067 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5068 really matter which instantiation of the function
5069 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5070 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5071 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5072 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5073 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5074 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5075 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5076 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5077 intuitive. */
5078 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5079 if (frame != NULL)
5080 select_frame (frame);
5081 else
5082 within_current_scope = 0;
5083 }
5084 if (within_current_scope)
5085 value_is_zero
5086 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5087 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5088 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5089 else
5090 {
5091 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5092 "in the current scope"));
5093 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5094 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5095 value_is_zero = 0;
5096 }
5097 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5098 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5099 }
5100
5101 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5102 {
5103 bs->stop = 0;
5104 }
5105 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
5106 {
5107 bs->stop = 0;
5108 }
5109 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5110 {
5111 b->ignore_count--;
5112 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
5113 bs->stop = 0;
5114 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5115 ++(b->hit_count);
5116 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5117 }
5118 }
5119 }
5120
5121
5122 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5123 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5124
5125 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5126 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5127 that:
5128
5129 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5130
5131 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5132
5133 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5134 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5135 several reasons concurrently.)
5136
5137 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5138 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5139
5140 bpstat
5141 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5142 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5143 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5144 {
5145 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5146 struct bp_location *bl;
5147 struct bp_location *loc;
5148 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5149 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5150 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5151 bpstat bs;
5152 int ix;
5153 int need_remove_insert;
5154 int removed_any;
5155
5156 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5157 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5158 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5159 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5160 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5161 inferior function calls. */
5162
5163 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5164 {
5165 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5166 continue;
5167
5168 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5169 {
5170 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5171 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5172 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5173 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5174 checked all locations already. */
5175 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5176 break;
5177
5178 if (bl->shlib_disabled)
5179 continue;
5180
5181 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5182 continue;
5183
5184 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5185 matches. */
5186
5187 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5188 explain stop. */
5189
5190 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5191 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5192 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5193 bs->stop = 1;
5194 bs->print = 1;
5195
5196 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5197 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5198 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5199 iteration. */
5200 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5201 {
5202 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5203
5204 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5205 }
5206 }
5207 }
5208
5209 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5210 {
5211 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5212 {
5213 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5214 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5215 bs->stop = 0;
5216 bs->print = 0;
5217 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5218 }
5219 }
5220
5221 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5222 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5223 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5224 "catch unload". */
5225 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5226 {
5227 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5228 {
5229 handle_solib_event ();
5230 break;
5231 }
5232 }
5233
5234 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5235 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5236 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5237
5238 removed_any = 0;
5239
5240 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5241 {
5242 if (!bs->stop)
5243 continue;
5244
5245 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5246 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5247 if (bs->stop)
5248 {
5249 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5250
5251 if (bs->stop)
5252 {
5253 ++(b->hit_count);
5254 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5255
5256 /* We will stop here. */
5257 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5258 {
5259 --(b->enable_count);
5260 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5261 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5262 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5263 removed_any = 1;
5264 }
5265 if (b->silent)
5266 bs->print = 0;
5267 bs->commands = b->commands;
5268 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5269 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5270 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5271 bs->print = 0;
5272 }
5273
5274 }
5275
5276 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5277 print. */
5278 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5279 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5280 }
5281
5282 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5283 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5284 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5285 done later. */
5286 need_remove_insert = 0;
5287 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5288 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5289 if (!bs->stop
5290 && bs->breakpoint_at
5291 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5292 {
5293 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5294
5295 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5296 need_remove_insert = 1;
5297 }
5298
5299 if (need_remove_insert)
5300 update_global_location_list (1);
5301 else if (removed_any)
5302 update_global_location_list (0);
5303
5304 return bs_head;
5305 }
5306
5307 static void
5308 handle_jit_event (void)
5309 {
5310 struct frame_info *frame;
5311 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5312
5313 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5314 breakpoint_re_set. */
5315 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5316
5317 frame = get_current_frame ();
5318 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5319
5320 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5321
5322 target_terminal_inferior ();
5323 }
5324
5325 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5326
5327 void
5328 handle_solib_event (void)
5329 {
5330 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace);
5331
5332 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5333 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5334 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5335 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5336 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
5337 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5338 #else
5339 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5340 #endif
5341 target_terminal_inferior ();
5342 }
5343
5344 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5345
5346 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5347
5348 struct bpstat_what
5349 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5350 {
5351 struct bpstat_what retval;
5352 int jit_event = 0;
5353 bpstat bs;
5354
5355 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5356 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5357 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5358
5359 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5360 {
5361 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5362 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5363 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5364 enum bptype bptype;
5365
5366 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5367 {
5368 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5369 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5370 bptype = bp_none;
5371 }
5372 else
5373 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5374
5375 switch (bptype)
5376 {
5377 case bp_none:
5378 break;
5379 case bp_breakpoint:
5380 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5381 case bp_until:
5382 case bp_finish:
5383 case bp_shlib_event:
5384 if (bs->stop)
5385 {
5386 if (bs->print)
5387 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5388 else
5389 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5390 }
5391 else
5392 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5393 break;
5394 case bp_watchpoint:
5395 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5396 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5397 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5398 if (bs->stop)
5399 {
5400 if (bs->print)
5401 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5402 else
5403 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5404 }
5405 else
5406 {
5407 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5408 This requires no further action. */
5409 }
5410 break;
5411 case bp_longjmp:
5412 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5413 case bp_exception:
5414 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5415 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5416 break;
5417 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5418 case bp_exception_resume:
5419 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5420 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5421 break;
5422 case bp_step_resume:
5423 if (bs->stop)
5424 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5425 else
5426 {
5427 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5428 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5429 }
5430 break;
5431 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5432 if (bs->stop)
5433 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5434 else
5435 {
5436 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5437 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5438 }
5439 break;
5440 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5441 case bp_thread_event:
5442 case bp_overlay_event:
5443 case bp_longjmp_master:
5444 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5445 case bp_exception_master:
5446 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5447 break;
5448 case bp_catchpoint:
5449 if (bs->stop)
5450 {
5451 if (bs->print)
5452 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5453 else
5454 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5455 }
5456 else
5457 {
5458 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5459 This requires no further action. */
5460 }
5461 break;
5462 case bp_jit_event:
5463 jit_event = 1;
5464 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5465 break;
5466 case bp_call_dummy:
5467 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5468 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5469 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5470 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5471 break;
5472 case bp_std_terminate:
5473 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5474 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5475 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5476 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5477 break;
5478 case bp_tracepoint:
5479 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5480 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5481 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5482 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5483 out already. */
5484 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5485 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5486 break;
5487 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5488 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5489 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5490 break;
5491 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5492 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5493 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5494 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5495 break;
5496
5497 case bp_dprintf:
5498 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5499 break;
5500
5501 default:
5502 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5503 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5504 }
5505
5506 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5507 }
5508
5509 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5510 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5511
5512 if (jit_event)
5513 {
5514 if (debug_infrun)
5515 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5516
5517 handle_jit_event ();
5518 }
5519
5520 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5521 {
5522 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5523
5524 if (b == NULL)
5525 continue;
5526 switch (b->type)
5527 {
5528 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5529 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5530 break;
5531 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5532 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5533 break;
5534 }
5535 }
5536
5537 return retval;
5538 }
5539
5540 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5541 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5542 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5543
5544 int
5545 bpstat_should_step (void)
5546 {
5547 struct breakpoint *b;
5548
5549 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5550 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5551 return 1;
5552 return 0;
5553 }
5554
5555 int
5556 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5557 {
5558 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5559 if (bs->stop)
5560 return 1;
5561
5562 return 0;
5563 }
5564
5565 \f
5566
5567 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5568 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5569 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5570
5571 static char *
5572 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5573 {
5574 static char wrap_indent[80];
5575 int i, total_width, width, align;
5576 char *text;
5577
5578 total_width = 0;
5579 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5580 {
5581 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5582 {
5583 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5584 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5585 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5586
5587 return wrap_indent;
5588 }
5589
5590 total_width += width + 1;
5591 }
5592
5593 return NULL;
5594 }
5595
5596 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5597 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5598
5599 "host": Host evals condition.
5600 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5601 "target": Target evals condition.
5602 */
5603
5604 static const char *
5605 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5606 {
5607 struct bp_location *bl;
5608 char host_evals = 0;
5609 char target_evals = 0;
5610
5611 if (!b)
5612 return NULL;
5613
5614 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5615 return NULL;
5616
5617 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5618 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5619 return condition_evaluation_host;
5620
5621 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5622 {
5623 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5624 target_evals++;
5625 else
5626 host_evals++;
5627 }
5628
5629 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5630 return condition_evaluation_both;
5631 else if (target_evals)
5632 return condition_evaluation_target;
5633 else
5634 return condition_evaluation_host;
5635 }
5636
5637 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5638 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5639
5640 static const char *
5641 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5642 {
5643 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5644 return NULL;
5645
5646 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5647 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5648 return condition_evaluation_host;
5649
5650 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5651 return condition_evaluation_target;
5652 else
5653 return condition_evaluation_host;
5654 }
5655
5656 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5657
5658 static void
5659 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5660 struct bp_location *loc)
5661 {
5662 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5663 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5664
5665 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5666 loc = NULL;
5667
5668 if (loc != NULL)
5669 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5670
5671 if (b->display_canonical)
5672 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5673 else if (loc && loc->source_file)
5674 {
5675 struct symbol *sym
5676 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5677 if (sym)
5678 {
5679 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5680 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5681 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5682 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5683 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5684 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5685 }
5686 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", loc->source_file);
5687 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5688
5689 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5690 {
5691 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
5692 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
5693
5694 if (fullname)
5695 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
5696 }
5697
5698 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5699 }
5700 else if (loc)
5701 {
5702 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5703 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5704
5705 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5706 demangle, "");
5707 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5708
5709 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5710 }
5711 else
5712 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5713
5714 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5715 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5716 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5717 {
5718 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5719 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5720 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5721 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5722 }
5723
5724 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5725 }
5726
5727 static const char *
5728 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5729 {
5730 struct ep_type_description
5731 {
5732 enum bptype type;
5733 char *description;
5734 };
5735 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5736 {
5737 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5738 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5739 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5740 {bp_until, "until"},
5741 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5742 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5743 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5744 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5745 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5746 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5747 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5748 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5749 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5750 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5751 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5752 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5753 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5754 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5755 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5756 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5757 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5758 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5759 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5760 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5761 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5762 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5763 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5764 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5765 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5766 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5767 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5768 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5769 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5770 };
5771
5772 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5773 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5774 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5775 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5776 (int) type);
5777
5778 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5779 }
5780
5781 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5782
5783 static void
5784 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5785 struct bp_location *loc,
5786 int loc_number,
5787 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5788 int allflag)
5789 {
5790 struct command_line *l;
5791 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5792
5793 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5794 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5795 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5796 struct value_print_options opts;
5797
5798 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5799
5800 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5801 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5802 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5803 if (loc == NULL
5804 && (b->loc != NULL
5805 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
5806 header_of_multiple = 1;
5807 if (loc == NULL)
5808 loc = b->loc;
5809
5810 annotate_record ();
5811
5812 /* 1 */
5813 annotate_field (0);
5814 if (part_of_multiple)
5815 {
5816 char *formatted;
5817 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
5818 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
5819 xfree (formatted);
5820 }
5821 else
5822 {
5823 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5824 }
5825
5826 /* 2 */
5827 annotate_field (1);
5828 if (part_of_multiple)
5829 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
5830 else
5831 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
5832
5833 /* 3 */
5834 annotate_field (2);
5835 if (part_of_multiple)
5836 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
5837 else
5838 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
5839
5840
5841 /* 4 */
5842 annotate_field (3);
5843 if (part_of_multiple)
5844 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
5845 else
5846 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
5847 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
5848 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
5849
5850
5851 /* 5 and 6 */
5852 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
5853 {
5854 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5855 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5856 make sure there's just one location. */
5857 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
5858 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
5859 }
5860 else
5861 switch (b->type)
5862 {
5863 case bp_none:
5864 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5865 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5866 break;
5867
5868 case bp_watchpoint:
5869 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5870 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5871 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5872 {
5873 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5874
5875 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5876 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5877 is relatively readable). */
5878 if (opts.addressprint)
5879 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
5880 annotate_field (5);
5881 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
5882 }
5883 break;
5884
5885 case bp_breakpoint:
5886 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5887 case bp_until:
5888 case bp_finish:
5889 case bp_longjmp:
5890 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5891 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5892 case bp_exception:
5893 case bp_exception_resume:
5894 case bp_step_resume:
5895 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5896 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5897 case bp_call_dummy:
5898 case bp_std_terminate:
5899 case bp_shlib_event:
5900 case bp_thread_event:
5901 case bp_overlay_event:
5902 case bp_longjmp_master:
5903 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5904 case bp_exception_master:
5905 case bp_tracepoint:
5906 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5907 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5908 case bp_dprintf:
5909 case bp_jit_event:
5910 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5911 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5912 if (opts.addressprint)
5913 {
5914 annotate_field (4);
5915 if (header_of_multiple)
5916 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5917 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
5918 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5919 else
5920 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
5921 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
5922 }
5923 annotate_field (5);
5924 if (!header_of_multiple)
5925 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
5926 if (b->loc)
5927 *last_loc = b->loc;
5928 break;
5929 }
5930
5931
5932 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
5933 are several. */
5934 if (loc != NULL
5935 && !header_of_multiple
5936 && (allflag
5937 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5938 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
5939 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
5940 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
5941 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
5942 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
5943 {
5944 struct inferior *inf;
5945 int first = 1;
5946
5947 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
5948 {
5949 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
5950 {
5951 if (first)
5952 {
5953 first = 0;
5954 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5955 }
5956 else
5957 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5958 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
5959 }
5960 }
5961 }
5962
5963 if (!part_of_multiple)
5964 {
5965 if (b->thread != -1)
5966 {
5967 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
5968 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
5969 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
5970 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
5971 }
5972 else if (b->task != 0)
5973 {
5974 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
5975 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
5976 }
5977 }
5978
5979 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5980
5981 if (!part_of_multiple)
5982 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
5983
5984 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
5985 {
5986 annotate_field (6);
5987 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5988 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
5989 the frame ID. */
5990 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
5991 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
5992 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5993 }
5994
5995 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
5996 {
5997 annotate_field (7);
5998 if (is_tracepoint (b))
5999 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6000 else
6001 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6002 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6003
6004 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6005 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6006 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6007 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6008 == condition_evaluation_target)
6009 {
6010 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6011 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6012 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6013 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6014 }
6015 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6016 }
6017
6018 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6019 {
6020 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6021 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6022 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6023 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6024 }
6025
6026 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
6027 {
6028 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6029 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6030 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6031 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6032 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6033 else
6034 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6035 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6036 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6037 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6038 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6039 else
6040 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6041 }
6042
6043 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
6044 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
6045 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6046 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
6047 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6048
6049 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6050 {
6051 annotate_field (8);
6052 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6053 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6054 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6055 }
6056
6057 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6058 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6059 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6060 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6061 {
6062 annotate_field (8);
6063 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6064 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6065 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6066 if (b->ignore_count)
6067 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6068 else
6069 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6070 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6071 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6072 }
6073
6074 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6075 {
6076 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6077
6078 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6079 {
6080 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6081 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6082 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6083 }
6084 }
6085
6086 if (!part_of_multiple && b->extra_string
6087 && b->type == bp_dprintf && !b->commands)
6088 {
6089 annotate_field (7);
6090 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t(agent printf) ");
6091 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "printf", b->extra_string);
6092 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6093 }
6094
6095 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6096 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6097 {
6098 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6099
6100 annotate_field (9);
6101 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6102 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6103 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6104 }
6105
6106 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6107 {
6108 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6109
6110 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6111 {
6112 annotate_field (10);
6113 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6114 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6115 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6116 }
6117 }
6118
6119 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6120 {
6121 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6122 {
6123 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6124
6125 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6126 }
6127 else if (b->addr_string)
6128 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6129 }
6130 }
6131
6132 static void
6133 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6134 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6135 int allflag)
6136 {
6137 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6138 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6139
6140 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6141
6142 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6143 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6144
6145 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6146 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6147 locations, if any. */
6148 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6149 {
6150 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6151 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6152 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6153 situation.
6154
6155 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6156 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6157 if (b->loc
6158 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6159 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6160 {
6161 struct bp_location *loc;
6162 int n = 1;
6163
6164 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6165 {
6166 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6167 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6168 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6169 do_cleanups (inner2);
6170 }
6171 }
6172 }
6173 }
6174
6175 static int
6176 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6177 {
6178 int print_address_bits = 0;
6179 struct bp_location *loc;
6180
6181 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6182 {
6183 int addr_bit;
6184
6185 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6186 an address to print. */
6187 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6188 continue;
6189
6190 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6191 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6192 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6193 }
6194
6195 return print_address_bits;
6196 }
6197
6198 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6199 {
6200 int bnum;
6201 };
6202
6203 static int
6204 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6205 {
6206 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6207 struct breakpoint *b;
6208 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6209
6210 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6211 {
6212 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6213 {
6214 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6215 return GDB_RC_OK;
6216 }
6217 }
6218 return GDB_RC_NONE;
6219 }
6220
6221 enum gdb_rc
6222 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6223 char **error_message)
6224 {
6225 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6226
6227 args.bnum = bnum;
6228 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6229 an error. */
6230 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6231 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6232 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
6233 else
6234 return GDB_RC_OK;
6235 }
6236
6237 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6238 internal or momentary. */
6239
6240 int
6241 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6242 {
6243 return b->number > 0;
6244 }
6245
6246 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6247 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6248 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6249 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6250 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6251 breakpoints listed. */
6252
6253 static int
6254 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6255 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6256 {
6257 struct breakpoint *b;
6258 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6259 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6260 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6261 struct value_print_options opts;
6262 int print_address_bits = 0;
6263 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6264 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6265
6266 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6267
6268 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6269 required for address fields. */
6270 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6271 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6272 {
6273 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6274 if (filter && !filter (b))
6275 continue;
6276
6277 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6278 accept. Skip the others. */
6279 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6280 {
6281 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6282 continue;
6283 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6284 continue;
6285 }
6286
6287 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6288 {
6289 int addr_bit, type_len;
6290
6291 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6292 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6293 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6294
6295 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6296 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6297 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6298
6299 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6300 }
6301 }
6302
6303 if (opts.addressprint)
6304 bkpttbl_chain
6305 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6306 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6307 "BreakpointTable");
6308 else
6309 bkpttbl_chain
6310 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6311 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6312 "BreakpointTable");
6313
6314 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6315 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6316 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6317 annotate_field (0);
6318 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6319 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6320 annotate_field (1);
6321 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6322 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6323 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6324 annotate_field (2);
6325 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6326 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6327 annotate_field (3);
6328 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6329 if (opts.addressprint)
6330 {
6331 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6332 annotate_field (4);
6333 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6334 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6335 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6336 else
6337 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6338 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6339 }
6340 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6341 annotate_field (5);
6342 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6343 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6344 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6345 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6346
6347 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6348 {
6349 QUIT;
6350 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6351 if (filter && !filter (b))
6352 continue;
6353
6354 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6355 accept. Skip the others. */
6356
6357 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6358 {
6359 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6360 {
6361 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6362 continue;
6363 }
6364 else /* all others */
6365 {
6366 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6367 continue;
6368 }
6369 }
6370 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6371 allflag is set. */
6372 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6373 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6374 }
6375
6376 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6377
6378 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6379 {
6380 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6381 empty list. */
6382 if (!filter)
6383 {
6384 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6385 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6386 else
6387 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6388 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6389 args);
6390 }
6391 }
6392 else
6393 {
6394 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6395 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6396 }
6397
6398 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6399 there have been breakpoints? */
6400 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6401
6402 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6403 }
6404
6405 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6406 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6407
6408 static void
6409 default_collect_info (void)
6410 {
6411 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6412
6413 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6414 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6415 not wanted. */
6416 if (!*default_collect)
6417 return;
6418
6419 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6420 actions. */
6421 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6422 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6423 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6424 }
6425
6426 static void
6427 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6428 {
6429 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6430
6431 default_collect_info ();
6432 }
6433
6434 static void
6435 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6436 {
6437 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6438 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6439
6440 if (num_printed == 0)
6441 {
6442 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6443 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6444 else
6445 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6446 }
6447 }
6448
6449 static void
6450 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6451 {
6452 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6453
6454 default_collect_info ();
6455 }
6456
6457 static int
6458 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6459 struct program_space *pspace,
6460 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6461 {
6462 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6463
6464 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6465 {
6466 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6467 && bl->address == pc
6468 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6469 return 1;
6470 }
6471 return 0;
6472 }
6473
6474 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6475 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6476 address spaces. */
6477
6478 static void
6479 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6480 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6481 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6482 {
6483 int others = 0;
6484 struct breakpoint *b;
6485
6486 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6487 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6488 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6489 if (others > 0)
6490 {
6491 if (others == 1)
6492 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6493 else /* if (others == ???) */
6494 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6495 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6496 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6497 {
6498 others--;
6499 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6500 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6501 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6502 else if (b->thread != -1)
6503 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6504 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6505 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6506 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6507 ? " (disabled)"
6508 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6509 ? " (permanent)"
6510 : ""),
6511 (others > 1) ? ","
6512 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6513 }
6514 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6515 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6516 printf_filtered (".\n");
6517 }
6518 }
6519 \f
6520
6521 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6522 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6523 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6524 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6525
6526 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6527 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6528 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6529 breakpoint at address zero:
6530
6531 bp_watchpoint
6532 bp_catchpoint
6533
6534 */
6535
6536 static int
6537 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6538 {
6539 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6540
6541 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6542 }
6543
6544 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6545 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6546
6547 static int
6548 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6549 struct bp_location *loc2)
6550 {
6551 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6552 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6553
6554 /* Both of them must exist. */
6555 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6556 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6557
6558 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6559 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6560 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6561 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6562 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6563 other watchpoint. */
6564 if ((w1->cond_exp
6565 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6566 loc1->length,
6567 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6568 w1->cond_exp))
6569 || (w2->cond_exp
6570 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6571 loc2->length,
6572 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6573 w2->cond_exp)))
6574 return 0;
6575
6576 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6577 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6578 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6579 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6580 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6581 become hw_access locations later. */
6582 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6583 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6584 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6585 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6586 }
6587
6588 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6589 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6590 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6591 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6592
6593 static int
6594 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6595 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6596 {
6597 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
6598 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6599 && addr1 == addr2);
6600 }
6601
6602 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6603 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6604 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6605 space doesn't really matter. */
6606
6607 static int
6608 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6609 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6610 CORE_ADDR addr2)
6611 {
6612 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
6613 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6614 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6615 }
6616
6617 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6618 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6619 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6620 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6621
6622 static int
6623 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6624 struct address_space *aspace,
6625 CORE_ADDR addr)
6626 {
6627 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6628 aspace, addr)
6629 || (bl->length
6630 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6631 bl->address, bl->length,
6632 aspace, addr)));
6633 }
6634
6635 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6636 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6637 true, otherwise returns false. */
6638
6639 static int
6640 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6641 struct bp_location *loc2)
6642 {
6643 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6644 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6645 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6646 different locations. */
6647 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6648 else
6649 return 0;
6650 }
6651
6652 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6653 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6654 represent the same location. */
6655
6656 static int
6657 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6658 struct bp_location *loc2)
6659 {
6660 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6661
6662 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6663 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6664 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6665
6666 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6667 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6668
6669 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6670 return 0;
6671 else if (hw_point1)
6672 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6673 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6674 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6675 else
6676 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6677 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6678 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6679 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6680 }
6681
6682 static void
6683 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6684 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6685 {
6686 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6687 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6688 char astr1[64];
6689 char astr2[64];
6690
6691 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6692 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6693 if (have_bnum)
6694 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6695 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6696 else
6697 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6698 }
6699
6700 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6701 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6702 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6703 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6704
6705 static CORE_ADDR
6706 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6707 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6708 {
6709 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6710 {
6711 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6712 return bpaddr;
6713 }
6714 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6715 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6716 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6717 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6718 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6719 {
6720 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6721 have their addresses modified. */
6722 return bpaddr;
6723 }
6724 else
6725 {
6726 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6727
6728 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6729 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6730 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6731
6732 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6733 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6734 is required. */
6735 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6736 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6737
6738 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6739 }
6740 }
6741
6742 void
6743 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6744 struct breakpoint *owner)
6745 {
6746 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6747
6748 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6749
6750 loc->ops = ops;
6751 loc->owner = owner;
6752 loc->cond = NULL;
6753 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6754 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6755 loc->enabled = 1;
6756
6757 switch (owner->type)
6758 {
6759 case bp_breakpoint:
6760 case bp_until:
6761 case bp_finish:
6762 case bp_longjmp:
6763 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6764 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6765 case bp_exception:
6766 case bp_exception_resume:
6767 case bp_step_resume:
6768 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6769 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6770 case bp_call_dummy:
6771 case bp_std_terminate:
6772 case bp_shlib_event:
6773 case bp_thread_event:
6774 case bp_overlay_event:
6775 case bp_jit_event:
6776 case bp_longjmp_master:
6777 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6778 case bp_exception_master:
6779 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6780 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6781 case bp_dprintf:
6782 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6783 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6784 break;
6785 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6786 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6787 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6788 break;
6789 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6790 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6791 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6792 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6793 break;
6794 case bp_watchpoint:
6795 case bp_catchpoint:
6796 case bp_tracepoint:
6797 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6798 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6799 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
6800 break;
6801 default:
6802 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6803 }
6804
6805 loc->refc = 1;
6806 }
6807
6808 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6809
6810 static struct bp_location *
6811 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6812 {
6813 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6814 }
6815
6816 static void
6817 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6818 {
6819 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
6820 xfree (loc);
6821 }
6822
6823 /* Increment reference count. */
6824
6825 static void
6826 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
6827 {
6828 ++bl->refc;
6829 }
6830
6831 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6832 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6833
6834 static void
6835 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
6836 {
6837 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
6838
6839 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
6840 free_bp_location (*blp);
6841 *blp = NULL;
6842 }
6843
6844 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6845
6846 static void
6847 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
6848 {
6849 struct breakpoint *b1;
6850
6851 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6852 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6853
6854 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
6855 if (b1 == 0)
6856 breakpoint_chain = b;
6857 else
6858 {
6859 while (b1->next)
6860 b1 = b1->next;
6861 b1->next = b;
6862 }
6863 }
6864
6865 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6866
6867 static void
6868 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6869 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6870 enum bptype bptype,
6871 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6872 {
6873 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
6874
6875 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6876
6877 b->ops = ops;
6878 b->type = bptype;
6879 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
6880 b->language = current_language->la_language;
6881 b->input_radix = input_radix;
6882 b->thread = -1;
6883 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6884 b->next = 0;
6885 b->silent = 0;
6886 b->ignore_count = 0;
6887 b->commands = NULL;
6888 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
6889 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
6890 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
6891 b->related_breakpoint = b;
6892 }
6893
6894 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6895 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6896
6897 static struct breakpoint *
6898 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6899 enum bptype bptype,
6900 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6901 {
6902 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6903
6904 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6905 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6906 return b;
6907 }
6908
6909 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6910 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6911 enough. */
6912
6913 static void
6914 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
6915 {
6916 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
6917
6918 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
6919 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
6920 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
6921 {
6922 int is_gnu_ifunc;
6923 const char *function_name;
6924 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
6925
6926 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
6927 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
6928
6929 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
6930 {
6931 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6932
6933 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
6934 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
6935 &loc->requested_address))
6936 {
6937 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
6938 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
6939 loc->requested_address,
6940 b->type);
6941 }
6942 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
6943 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
6944 {
6945 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
6946 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
6947 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
6948 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
6949 breakpoint. */
6950 loc->related_address = func_addr;
6951 }
6952 }
6953
6954 if (function_name)
6955 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
6956 }
6957 }
6958
6959 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
6960 struct gdbarch *
6961 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
6962 {
6963 if (sal.section)
6964 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
6965 if (sal.symtab)
6966 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
6967
6968 return NULL;
6969 }
6970
6971 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
6972 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
6973 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
6974
6975 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
6976 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
6977 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
6978
6979 static void
6980 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6981 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
6982 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6983 {
6984 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6985
6986 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
6987
6988 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
6989 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
6990
6991 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
6992 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
6993 program space. */
6994 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6995 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
6996
6997 breakpoints_changed ();
6998 }
6999
7000 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7001 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7002 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7003 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7004 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7005 is also returned as the value of this function.
7006
7007 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7008 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7009 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7010 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7011 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7012 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7013 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7014
7015 struct breakpoint *
7016 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7017 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7018 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7019 {
7020 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7021
7022 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7023 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7024 return b;
7025 }
7026
7027
7028 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7029 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7030 void
7031 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7032 {
7033 struct bp_location *bl;
7034
7035 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7036
7037 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7038 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7039 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7040 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7041 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7042 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7043 bl->inserted = 1;
7044 }
7045
7046 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7047 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7048 initiated the operation. */
7049
7050 void
7051 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7052 {
7053 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7054 int thread = tp->num;
7055
7056 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7057 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7058 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7059 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7060 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7061 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7062 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7063 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7064 {
7065 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7066 struct breakpoint *clone;
7067
7068 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7069 after their removal. */
7070 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7071 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
7072 clone->thread = thread;
7073 }
7074
7075 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7076 }
7077
7078 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7079 void
7080 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7081 {
7082 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7083
7084 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7085 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7086 {
7087 if (b->thread == thread)
7088 delete_breakpoint (b);
7089 }
7090 }
7091
7092 void
7093 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7094 {
7095 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7096
7097 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7098 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7099 {
7100 if (b->thread == thread)
7101 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7102 }
7103 }
7104
7105 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7106 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7107 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7108 breakpoints. */
7109
7110 struct breakpoint *
7111 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7112 {
7113 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7114
7115 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7116 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7117 {
7118 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7119
7120 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7121 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7122 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7123
7124 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7125
7126 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7127 if (retval == NULL)
7128 retval = new_b;
7129 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7130 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7131 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7132 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7133 }
7134
7135 return retval;
7136 }
7137
7138 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7139 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7140 stack.
7141
7142 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7143 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7144 frames. */
7145
7146 void
7147 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
7148 {
7149 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7150
7151 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7152 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
7153 {
7154 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7155
7156 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7157 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7158 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7159 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7160 continue;
7161
7162 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
7163
7164 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7165 {
7166 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7167 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7168 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7169 }
7170 delete_breakpoint (b);
7171 }
7172 }
7173
7174 void
7175 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7176 {
7177 struct breakpoint *b;
7178
7179 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7180 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7181 {
7182 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7183 update_global_location_list (1);
7184 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7185 }
7186 }
7187
7188 void
7189 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7190 {
7191 struct breakpoint *b;
7192
7193 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7194 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7195 {
7196 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7197 update_global_location_list (0);
7198 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7199 }
7200 }
7201
7202 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7203 master breakpoint. */
7204 void
7205 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7206 {
7207 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7208
7209 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7210 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7211 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7212 {
7213 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7214 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7215 }
7216 }
7217
7218 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7219 void
7220 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7221 {
7222 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7223
7224 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7225 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7226 delete_breakpoint (b);
7227 }
7228
7229 struct breakpoint *
7230 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7231 {
7232 struct breakpoint *b;
7233
7234 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7235 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7236
7237 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7238 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7239 b->addr_string
7240 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7241
7242 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7243
7244 return b;
7245 }
7246
7247 void
7248 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7249 {
7250 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7251
7252 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7253 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7254 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7255 delete_breakpoint (b);
7256 }
7257
7258 struct lang_and_radix
7259 {
7260 enum language lang;
7261 int radix;
7262 };
7263
7264 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7265
7266 struct breakpoint *
7267 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7268 {
7269 struct breakpoint *b;
7270
7271 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7272 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7273 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7274 return b;
7275 }
7276
7277 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7278
7279 void
7280 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7281 {
7282 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7283
7284 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7285 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7286 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7287 delete_breakpoint (b);
7288 }
7289
7290 void
7291 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7292 {
7293 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7294
7295 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7296 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7297 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7298 delete_breakpoint (b);
7299 }
7300
7301 struct breakpoint *
7302 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7303 {
7304 struct breakpoint *b;
7305
7306 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7307 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7308 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7309 return b;
7310 }
7311
7312 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7313 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7314
7315 void
7316 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7317 {
7318 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7319
7320 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7321 {
7322 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7323 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7324
7325 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7326 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7327 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7328 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7329 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7330 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7331 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7332 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7333 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7334 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7335 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7336 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
7337 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
7338 #else
7339 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7340 #endif
7341 )
7342 {
7343 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7344 }
7345 }
7346 }
7347
7348 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7349 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7350 disabled. */
7351
7352 static void
7353 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7354 {
7355 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7356 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7357
7358 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7359 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7360 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7361 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7362 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7363 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7364 return;
7365
7366 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7367 {
7368 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7369 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7370
7371 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7372 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7373 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7374 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7375 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7376 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7377 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7378 || is_tracepoint (b))
7379 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7380 {
7381 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7382 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7383 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7384 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7385 loc->inserted = 0;
7386
7387 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7388 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7389
7390 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7391 {
7392 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7393 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7394 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7395 solib->so_name);
7396 }
7397 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7398 }
7399 }
7400 }
7401
7402 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7403
7404 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7405 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7406 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7407 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7408 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7409
7410 struct fork_catchpoint
7411 {
7412 /* The base class. */
7413 struct breakpoint base;
7414
7415 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7416 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7417 catchpoint has triggered. */
7418 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7419 };
7420
7421 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7422 catchpoints. */
7423
7424 static int
7425 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7426 {
7427 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7428 }
7429
7430 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7431 catchpoints. */
7432
7433 static int
7434 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7435 {
7436 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7437 }
7438
7439 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7440 catchpoints. */
7441
7442 static int
7443 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7444 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7445 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7446 {
7447 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7448
7449 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7450 return 0;
7451
7452 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7453 return 1;
7454 }
7455
7456 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7457 catchpoints. */
7458
7459 static enum print_stop_action
7460 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7461 {
7462 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7463 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7464 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7465
7466 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7467 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7468 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7469 else
7470 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7471 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7472 {
7473 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7474 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7475 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7476 }
7477 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7478 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7479 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7480 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7481 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7482 }
7483
7484 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7485 catchpoints. */
7486
7487 static void
7488 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7489 {
7490 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7491 struct value_print_options opts;
7492 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7493
7494 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7495
7496 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7497 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7498 readable). */
7499 if (opts.addressprint)
7500 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7501 annotate_field (5);
7502 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7503 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7504 {
7505 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7506 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7507 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7508 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7509 }
7510 }
7511
7512 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7513 catchpoints. */
7514
7515 static void
7516 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7517 {
7518 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7519 }
7520
7521 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7522 catchpoints. */
7523
7524 static void
7525 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7526 {
7527 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7528 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7529 }
7530
7531 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7532
7533 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7534
7535 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7536 catchpoints. */
7537
7538 static int
7539 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7540 {
7541 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7542 }
7543
7544 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7545 catchpoints. */
7546
7547 static int
7548 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7549 {
7550 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7551 }
7552
7553 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7554 catchpoints. */
7555
7556 static int
7557 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7558 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7559 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7560 {
7561 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7562
7563 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7564 return 0;
7565
7566 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7567 return 1;
7568 }
7569
7570 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7571 catchpoints. */
7572
7573 static enum print_stop_action
7574 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7575 {
7576 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7577 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7578 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7579
7580 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7581 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7582 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7583 else
7584 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7585 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7586 {
7587 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7588 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7589 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7590 }
7591 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7592 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7593 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7594 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7595 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7596 }
7597
7598 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7599 catchpoints. */
7600
7601 static void
7602 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7603 {
7604 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7605 struct value_print_options opts;
7606 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7607
7608 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7609 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7610 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7611 readable). */
7612 if (opts.addressprint)
7613 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7614 annotate_field (5);
7615 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7616 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7617 {
7618 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7619 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7620 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7621 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7622 }
7623 }
7624
7625 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7626 catchpoints. */
7627
7628 static void
7629 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7630 {
7631 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7632 }
7633
7634 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7635 catchpoints. */
7636
7637 static void
7638 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7639 {
7640 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7641 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7642 }
7643
7644 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7645
7646 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7647
7648 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7649 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7650 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7651 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7652 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7653
7654 struct solib_catchpoint
7655 {
7656 /* The base class. */
7657 struct breakpoint base;
7658
7659 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7660 unsigned char is_load;
7661
7662 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7663 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7664 char *regex;
7665 regex_t compiled;
7666 };
7667
7668 static void
7669 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7670 {
7671 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7672
7673 if (self->regex)
7674 regfree (&self->compiled);
7675 xfree (self->regex);
7676
7677 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7678 }
7679
7680 static int
7681 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7682 {
7683 return 0;
7684 }
7685
7686 static int
7687 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7688 {
7689 return 0;
7690 }
7691
7692 static int
7693 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7694 struct address_space *aspace,
7695 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7696 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7697 {
7698 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7699 struct breakpoint *other;
7700
7701 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7702 return 1;
7703
7704 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7705 {
7706 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7707
7708 if (other == bl->owner)
7709 continue;
7710
7711 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7712 continue;
7713
7714 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7715 continue;
7716
7717 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7718 {
7719 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7720 return 1;
7721 }
7722 }
7723
7724 return 0;
7725 }
7726
7727 static void
7728 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7729 {
7730 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7731 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7732 int ix;
7733
7734 if (self->is_load)
7735 {
7736 struct so_list *iter;
7737
7738 for (ix = 0;
7739 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
7740 ix, iter);
7741 ++ix)
7742 {
7743 if (!self->regex
7744 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7745 return;
7746 }
7747 }
7748 else
7749 {
7750 char *iter;
7751
7752 for (ix = 0;
7753 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
7754 ix, iter);
7755 ++ix)
7756 {
7757 if (!self->regex
7758 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7759 return;
7760 }
7761 }
7762
7763 bs->stop = 0;
7764 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7765 }
7766
7767 static enum print_stop_action
7768 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7769 {
7770 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7771 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7772
7773 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7774 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7775 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7776 else
7777 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7778 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7779 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
7780 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7781 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7782 print_solib_event (1);
7783 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7784 }
7785
7786 static void
7787 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7788 {
7789 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7790 struct value_print_options opts;
7791 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7792 char *msg;
7793
7794 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7795 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7796 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7797 readable). */
7798 if (opts.addressprint)
7799 {
7800 annotate_field (4);
7801 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7802 }
7803
7804 annotate_field (5);
7805 if (self->is_load)
7806 {
7807 if (self->regex)
7808 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7809 else
7810 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7811 }
7812 else
7813 {
7814 if (self->regex)
7815 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7816 else
7817 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7818 }
7819 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
7820 xfree (msg);
7821 }
7822
7823 static void
7824 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7825 {
7826 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7827
7828 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
7829 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7830 }
7831
7832 static void
7833 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7834 {
7835 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7836
7837 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
7838 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
7839 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7840 if (self->regex)
7841 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
7842 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
7843 }
7844
7845 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
7846
7847 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7848 "catch unload". */
7849
7850 static void
7851 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
7852 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7853 {
7854 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
7855 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7856 int tempflag;
7857 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7858
7859 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
7860
7861 if (!arg)
7862 arg = "";
7863 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
7864
7865 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
7866 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
7867
7868 if (*arg != '\0')
7869 {
7870 int errcode;
7871
7872 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
7873 if (errcode != 0)
7874 {
7875 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
7876
7877 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
7878 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
7879 }
7880 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
7881 }
7882
7883 c->is_load = is_load;
7884 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL,
7885 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
7886
7887 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
7888 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7889 }
7890
7891 static void
7892 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7893 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7894 {
7895 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
7896 }
7897
7898 static void
7899 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7900 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7901 {
7902 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
7903 }
7904
7905 DEF_VEC_I(int);
7906
7907 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
7908 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7909 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7910 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7911 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7912
7913 struct syscall_catchpoint
7914 {
7915 /* The base class. */
7916 struct breakpoint base;
7917
7918 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
7919 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
7920 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
7921 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
7922 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
7923 };
7924
7925 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7926 catchpoints. */
7927
7928 static void
7929 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
7930 {
7931 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7932
7933 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
7934
7935 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7936 }
7937
7938 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
7939
7940 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
7941 {
7942 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
7943 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
7944 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
7945
7946 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
7947 int any_syscall_count;
7948
7949 /* Count of each system call. */
7950 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
7951
7952 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
7953 if any catching is necessary. */
7954 int total_syscalls_count;
7955 };
7956
7957 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
7958 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
7959 {
7960 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
7961
7962 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
7963 if (inf_data == NULL)
7964 {
7965 inf_data = XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
7966 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
7967 }
7968
7969 return inf_data;
7970 }
7971
7972 static void
7973 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
7974 {
7975 xfree (arg);
7976 }
7977
7978
7979 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7980 catchpoints. */
7981
7982 static int
7983 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
7984 {
7985 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7986 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
7987 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
7988 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
7989
7990 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
7991 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7992 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
7993 else
7994 {
7995 int i, iter;
7996
7997 for (i = 0;
7998 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7999 i++)
8000 {
8001 int elem;
8002
8003 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8004 {
8005 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8006 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8007 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8008 uintptr_t vec_addr;
8009 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8010 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8011 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8012 + vec_addr_offset);
8013 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8014 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8015 }
8016 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8017 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8018 }
8019 }
8020
8021 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8022 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8023 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8024 VEC_length (int,
8025 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8026 VEC_address (int,
8027 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8028 }
8029
8030 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8031 catchpoints. */
8032
8033 static int
8034 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8035 {
8036 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8037 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8038 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8039 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8040
8041 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8042 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8043 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8044 else
8045 {
8046 int i, iter;
8047
8048 for (i = 0;
8049 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8050 i++)
8051 {
8052 int elem;
8053 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8054 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8055 continue;
8056 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8057 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8058 }
8059 }
8060
8061 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8062 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8063 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8064 VEC_length (int,
8065 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8066 VEC_address (int,
8067 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8068 }
8069
8070 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8071 catchpoints. */
8072
8073 static int
8074 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8075 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8076 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8077 {
8078 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8079 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8080 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8081 int syscall_number = 0;
8082 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8083 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8084
8085 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8086 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8087 return 0;
8088
8089 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8090
8091 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8092 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8093 {
8094 int i, iter;
8095
8096 for (i = 0;
8097 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8098 i++)
8099 if (syscall_number == iter)
8100 break;
8101 /* Not the same. */
8102 if (!iter)
8103 return 0;
8104 }
8105
8106 return 1;
8107 }
8108
8109 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8110 catchpoints. */
8111
8112 static enum print_stop_action
8113 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8114 {
8115 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8116 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8117 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8118 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8119 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8120 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8121 ptid_t ptid;
8122 struct target_waitstatus last;
8123 struct syscall s;
8124
8125 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8126
8127 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8128
8129 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8130
8131 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8132 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8133 else
8134 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8135 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8136 {
8137 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8138 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8139 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8140 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8141 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8142 }
8143 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8144
8145 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8146 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8147 else
8148 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8149
8150 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8151 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8152 if (s.name != NULL)
8153 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8154
8155 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8156
8157 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8158 }
8159
8160 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8161 catchpoints. */
8162
8163 static void
8164 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8165 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8166 {
8167 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8168 struct value_print_options opts;
8169 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8170
8171 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8172 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8173 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8174 readable). */
8175 if (opts.addressprint)
8176 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8177 annotate_field (5);
8178
8179 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8180 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8181 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8182 else
8183 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8184
8185 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8186 {
8187 int i, iter;
8188 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8189
8190 for (i = 0;
8191 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8192 i++)
8193 {
8194 char *x = text;
8195 struct syscall s;
8196 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8197
8198 if (s.name != NULL)
8199 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8200 else
8201 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8202
8203 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8204 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8205 on every call. */
8206 xfree (x);
8207 }
8208 /* Remove the last comma. */
8209 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8210 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8211 }
8212 else
8213 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8214 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8215 }
8216
8217 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8218 catchpoints. */
8219
8220 static void
8221 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8222 {
8223 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8224
8225 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8226 {
8227 int i, iter;
8228
8229 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8230 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8231 else
8232 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8233
8234 for (i = 0;
8235 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8236 i++)
8237 {
8238 struct syscall s;
8239 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8240
8241 if (s.name)
8242 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8243 else
8244 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8245 }
8246 printf_filtered (")");
8247 }
8248 else
8249 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8250 b->number);
8251 }
8252
8253 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8254 catchpoints. */
8255
8256 static void
8257 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8258 {
8259 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8260
8261 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8262
8263 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8264 {
8265 int i, iter;
8266
8267 for (i = 0;
8268 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8269 i++)
8270 {
8271 struct syscall s;
8272
8273 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8274 if (s.name)
8275 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8276 else
8277 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8278 }
8279 }
8280 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8281 }
8282
8283 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8284
8285 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8286
8287 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8288
8289 static int
8290 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8291 {
8292 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8293 }
8294
8295 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8296 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8297 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8298 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8299
8300 static void
8301 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8302 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8303 char *cond_string,
8304 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8305 {
8306 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8307
8308 init_sal (&sal);
8309 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8310
8311 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8312
8313 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8314 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8315 }
8316
8317 void
8318 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8319 {
8320 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8321 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8322 if (!internal)
8323 mention (b);
8324 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8325
8326 if (update_gll)
8327 update_global_location_list (1);
8328 }
8329
8330 static void
8331 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8332 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8333 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8334 {
8335 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8336
8337 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8338
8339 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8340
8341 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8342 }
8343
8344 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8345
8346 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8347 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8348 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8349 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8350 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8351
8352 struct exec_catchpoint
8353 {
8354 /* The base class. */
8355 struct breakpoint base;
8356
8357 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8358 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8359 triggered. */
8360 char *exec_pathname;
8361 };
8362
8363 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8364 catchpoints. */
8365
8366 static void
8367 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8368 {
8369 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8370
8371 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8372
8373 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8374 }
8375
8376 static int
8377 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8378 {
8379 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8380 }
8381
8382 static int
8383 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8384 {
8385 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8386 }
8387
8388 static int
8389 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8390 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8391 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8392 {
8393 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8394
8395 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8396 return 0;
8397
8398 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8399 return 1;
8400 }
8401
8402 static enum print_stop_action
8403 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8404 {
8405 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8406 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8407 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8408
8409 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8410 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8411 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8412 else
8413 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8414 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8415 {
8416 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8417 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8418 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8419 }
8420 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8421 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8422 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8423 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8424
8425 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8426 }
8427
8428 static void
8429 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8430 {
8431 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8432 struct value_print_options opts;
8433 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8434
8435 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8436
8437 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8438 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8439 is relatively readable). */
8440 if (opts.addressprint)
8441 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8442 annotate_field (5);
8443 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8444 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8445 {
8446 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8447 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8448 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8449 }
8450 }
8451
8452 static void
8453 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8454 {
8455 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8456 }
8457
8458 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8459 catchpoints. */
8460
8461 static void
8462 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8463 {
8464 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8465 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8466 }
8467
8468 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8469
8470 static void
8471 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8472 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8473 {
8474 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8475 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8476
8477 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8478 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8479 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8480
8481 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8482 }
8483
8484 static int
8485 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8486 {
8487 int i = 0;
8488 struct breakpoint *b;
8489 struct bp_location *bl;
8490
8491 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8492 {
8493 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8494 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8495 {
8496 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8497 one register. */
8498 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8499 }
8500 }
8501
8502 return i;
8503 }
8504
8505 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8506 watchpoint. */
8507
8508 static int
8509 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8510 {
8511 int i = 0;
8512 struct bp_location *bl;
8513
8514 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8515 return 0;
8516
8517 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8518 {
8519 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8520 one register. */
8521 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8522 }
8523
8524 return i;
8525 }
8526
8527 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8528 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8529 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8530 types _not_ TYPE. */
8531
8532 static int
8533 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8534 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8535 {
8536 int i = 0;
8537 struct breakpoint *b;
8538
8539 *other_type_used = 0;
8540 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8541 {
8542 if (b == except)
8543 continue;
8544 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8545 continue;
8546
8547 if (b->type == type)
8548 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8549 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8550 *other_type_used = 1;
8551 }
8552
8553 return i;
8554 }
8555
8556 void
8557 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8558 {
8559 struct breakpoint *b;
8560
8561 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8562 {
8563 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8564 {
8565 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8566 update_global_location_list (0);
8567 }
8568 }
8569 }
8570
8571 void
8572 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8573 {
8574 struct breakpoint *b;
8575
8576 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8577 {
8578 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8579 {
8580 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8581 update_global_location_list (1);
8582 }
8583 }
8584 }
8585
8586 void
8587 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8588 {
8589 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8590 update_global_location_list (0);
8591 }
8592
8593 void
8594 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8595 {
8596 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8597 breakpoint_re_set ();
8598 }
8599
8600
8601 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8602 at address specified by SAL.
8603 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8604
8605 struct breakpoint *
8606 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8607 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8608 {
8609 struct breakpoint *b;
8610
8611 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8612 tail-called one. */
8613 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8614
8615 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8616 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8617 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8618 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8619
8620 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8621 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8622 control. */
8623 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8624 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8625
8626 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8627
8628 return b;
8629 }
8630
8631 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8632 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8633 breakpoint_ops. */
8634
8635 static struct breakpoint *
8636 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8637 enum bptype type,
8638 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8639 {
8640 struct breakpoint *copy;
8641
8642 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8643 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8644 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8645
8646 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8647 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8648 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8649 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8650 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8651 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8652
8653 if (orig->loc->source_file != NULL)
8654 copy->loc->source_file = xstrdup (orig->loc->source_file);
8655
8656 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8657 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8658 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8659 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8660
8661 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8662 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8663 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8664
8665 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8666 return copy;
8667 }
8668
8669 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8670 ORIG is NULL. */
8671
8672 struct breakpoint *
8673 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8674 {
8675 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8676 if (orig == NULL)
8677 return NULL;
8678
8679 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8680 }
8681
8682 struct breakpoint *
8683 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8684 enum bptype type)
8685 {
8686 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8687
8688 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8689 sal.pc = pc;
8690 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8691 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8692
8693 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8694 }
8695 \f
8696
8697 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8698
8699 static void
8700 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8701 {
8702 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8703 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8704 return;
8705 printf_filtered ("\n");
8706 }
8707 \f
8708
8709 static struct bp_location *
8710 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8711 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8712 {
8713 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8714 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8715 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8716
8717 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8718 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8719
8720 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8721 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8722 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8723 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8724 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8725 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8726 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8727 sal->pc, b->type);
8728
8729 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8730 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8731 ;
8732 *tmp = loc;
8733
8734 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8735 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8736 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8737 loc->probe = sal->probe;
8738 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8739 loc->section = sal->section;
8740 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8741
8742 if (sal->symtab != NULL)
8743 loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal->symtab->filename);
8744 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8745
8746 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8747 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8748 return loc;
8749 }
8750 \f
8751
8752 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8753 return 0 otherwise. */
8754
8755 static int
8756 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8757 {
8758 int len;
8759 CORE_ADDR addr;
8760 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8761 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8762 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8763 int retval = 0;
8764
8765 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8766
8767 addr = loc->address;
8768 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8769
8770 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8771 if (bpoint == NULL)
8772 return 0;
8773
8774 target_mem = alloca (len);
8775
8776 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8777 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8778 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8779 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8780
8781 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8782 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8783
8784 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
8785 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8786 retval = 1;
8787
8788 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8789
8790 return retval;
8791 }
8792
8793 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8794 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8795
8796 static void
8797 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8798 {
8799 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8800 char *printf_line = NULL;
8801
8802 if (!dprintf_args)
8803 return;
8804
8805 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8806
8807 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8808 insist on it. */
8809 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8810 ++dprintf_args;
8811 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8812
8813 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8814 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8815
8816 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
8817 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8818 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
8819 {
8820 if (!dprintf_function)
8821 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8822
8823 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8824 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8825 dprintf_function,
8826 dprintf_channel,
8827 dprintf_args);
8828 else
8829 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8830 dprintf_function,
8831 dprintf_args);
8832 }
8833 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
8834 {
8835 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8836 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
8837 else
8838 {
8839 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8840 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8841 }
8842 }
8843 else
8844 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8845 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8846
8847 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8848 if (printf_line)
8849 {
8850 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line, *cont_cmd_line = NULL;
8851
8852 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
8853 {
8854 cont_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8855 cont_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8856 cont_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8857 cont_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8858 cont_cmd_line->next = NULL;
8859 cont_cmd_line->line = xstrdup ("continue");
8860 }
8861
8862 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8863 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8864 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8865 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8866 printf_cmd_line->next = cont_cmd_line;
8867 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
8868
8869 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
8870 }
8871 }
8872
8873 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8874 current style settings. */
8875
8876 static void
8877 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
8878 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8879 {
8880 struct breakpoint *b;
8881
8882 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8883 {
8884 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8885 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8886 }
8887 }
8888
8889 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8890 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8891 as condition expression. */
8892
8893 static void
8894 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8895 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
8896 char *filter, char *cond_string,
8897 char *extra_string,
8898 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8899 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8900 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8901 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8902 int display_canonical)
8903 {
8904 int i;
8905
8906 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
8907 {
8908 int target_resources_ok;
8909
8910 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8911 target_resources_ok =
8912 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8913 i + 1, 0);
8914 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
8915 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8916 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
8917 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8918 }
8919
8920 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
8921
8922 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
8923 {
8924 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
8925 struct bp_location *loc;
8926
8927 if (from_tty)
8928 {
8929 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
8930 if (!loc_gdbarch)
8931 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
8932
8933 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
8934 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
8935 }
8936
8937 if (i == 0)
8938 {
8939 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
8940 b->thread = thread;
8941 b->task = task;
8942
8943 b->cond_string = cond_string;
8944 b->extra_string = extra_string;
8945 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8946 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8947 b->disposition = disposition;
8948
8949 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8950 b->loc->inserted = 1;
8951
8952 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
8953 {
8954 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
8955 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
8956
8957 if (strace_marker_p (b))
8958 {
8959 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8960 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8961 char *p = &addr_string[3];
8962 char *endp;
8963 char *marker_str;
8964
8965 p = skip_spaces (p);
8966
8967 endp = skip_to_space (p);
8968
8969 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
8970 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
8971
8972 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8973 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
8974 t->static_trace_marker_id);
8975 }
8976 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
8977 {
8978 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
8979 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
8980
8981 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8982 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
8983 t->static_trace_marker_id);
8984 }
8985 else
8986 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8987 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8988 }
8989
8990 loc = b->loc;
8991 }
8992 else
8993 {
8994 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
8995 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8996 loc->inserted = 1;
8997 }
8998
8999 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9000 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9001
9002 if (b->cond_string)
9003 {
9004 char *arg = b->cond_string;
9005 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9006 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9007 if (*arg)
9008 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9009 }
9010
9011 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9012 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9013 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9014 {
9015 if (b->extra_string)
9016 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9017 else
9018 error (_("Format string required"));
9019 }
9020 else if (b->extra_string)
9021 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9022 }
9023
9024 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9025 if (addr_string)
9026 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9027 else
9028 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9029 me. */
9030 b->addr_string
9031 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9032 b->filter = filter;
9033 }
9034
9035 static void
9036 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9037 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9038 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9039 char *extra_string,
9040 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9041 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9042 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9043 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9044 int display_canonical)
9045 {
9046 struct breakpoint *b;
9047 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9048
9049 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9050 {
9051 struct tracepoint *t;
9052
9053 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9054 b = &t->base;
9055 }
9056 else
9057 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9058
9059 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9060
9061 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9062 sals, addr_string,
9063 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9064 type, disposition,
9065 thread, task, ignore_count,
9066 ops, from_tty,
9067 enabled, internal, flags,
9068 display_canonical);
9069 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9070
9071 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9072 }
9073
9074 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9075 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9076 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9077 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9078 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9079 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9080 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9081 we take just a single condition string.
9082
9083 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9084 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9085 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9086 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9087 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9088
9089 static void
9090 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9091 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9092 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9093 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9094 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9095 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9096 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9097 {
9098 int i;
9099 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9100
9101 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9102 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9103
9104 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9105 {
9106 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9107 'break', without arguments. */
9108 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9109 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9110 : NULL);
9111 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9112 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9113
9114 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9115 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9116 addr_string,
9117 filter_string,
9118 cond_string, extra_string,
9119 type, disposition,
9120 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9121 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9122 canonical->special_display);
9123 discard_cleanups (inner);
9124 }
9125 }
9126
9127 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9128 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9129 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9130 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9131
9132 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9133 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9134
9135 static void
9136 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9137 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9138 {
9139 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9140 breakpoint. */
9141 if ((*address) == NULL
9142 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9143 {
9144 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9145 address. */
9146 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9147 {
9148 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9149 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9150 CORE_ADDR pc;
9151
9152 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9153 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9154 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9155
9156 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9157 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9158 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9159 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9160 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9161 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9162 pc = sal.pc;
9163 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9164
9165 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9166 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9167 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9168 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9169 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9170 sal.pc = pc;
9171 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9172
9173 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9174 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9175 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9176
9177 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9178 }
9179 else
9180 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9181 }
9182 else
9183 {
9184 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9185
9186 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9187 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9188 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9189 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9190
9191 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9192 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9193 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9194 && (!cursal.symtab
9195 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9196 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9197 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9198 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9199 get_last_displayed_line (),
9200 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9201 else
9202 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9203 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9204 }
9205 }
9206
9207
9208 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9209 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9210
9211 static void
9212 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9213 {
9214 int i;
9215
9216 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9217 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9218 }
9219
9220 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9221 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9222 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9223 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9224 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9225 it, etc. */
9226
9227 static void
9228 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9229 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9230 {
9231 int i, rslt;
9232 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9233 char *msg;
9234 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9235
9236 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9237 {
9238 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9239
9240 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9241
9242 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9243 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9244 associated with SAL. */
9245 if (sarch == NULL)
9246 sarch = gdbarch;
9247 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9248 NULL, &msg);
9249 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9250
9251 if (!rslt)
9252 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9253 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9254
9255 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9256 }
9257 }
9258
9259 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9260
9261 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9262 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9263 {
9264 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9265 }
9266
9267 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9268 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9269 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9270 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9271 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9272 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9273
9274 static void
9275 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9276 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9277 char **rest)
9278 {
9279 *cond_string = NULL;
9280 *thread = -1;
9281 *task = 0;
9282 *rest = NULL;
9283
9284 while (tok && *tok)
9285 {
9286 char *end_tok;
9287 int toklen;
9288 char *cond_start = NULL;
9289 char *cond_end = NULL;
9290
9291 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
9292
9293 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9294 {
9295 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9296 return;
9297 }
9298
9299 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9300
9301 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9302
9303 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9304 {
9305 struct expression *expr;
9306
9307 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9308 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9309 xfree (expr);
9310 cond_end = tok;
9311 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9312 }
9313 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9314 {
9315 char *tmptok;
9316
9317 tok = end_tok + 1;
9318 tmptok = tok;
9319 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9320 if (tok == tmptok)
9321 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9322 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9323 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9324 }
9325 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9326 {
9327 char *tmptok;
9328
9329 tok = end_tok + 1;
9330 tmptok = tok;
9331 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9332 if (tok == tmptok)
9333 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9334 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9335 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9336 }
9337 else if (rest)
9338 {
9339 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9340 return;
9341 }
9342 else
9343 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9344 }
9345 }
9346
9347 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9348
9349 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9350 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9351 {
9352 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9353 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9354 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9355 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9356 char *endp;
9357 char *marker_str;
9358 int i;
9359
9360 p = skip_spaces (p);
9361
9362 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9363
9364 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9365 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9366
9367 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9368 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9369 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9370
9371 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9372 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9373
9374 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9375 {
9376 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9377
9378 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9379
9380 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9381
9382 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9383 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9384
9385 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9386 }
9387
9388 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9389
9390 *arg_p = endp;
9391 return sals;
9392 }
9393
9394 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9395 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9396 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9397 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9398 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9399 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9400 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9401 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9402 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9403 false otherwise. */
9404
9405 int
9406 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9407 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9408 int thread, char *extra_string,
9409 int parse_condition_and_thread,
9410 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9411 int ignore_count,
9412 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9413 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9414 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9415 unsigned flags)
9416 {
9417 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9418 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9419 char *addr_start = arg;
9420 struct linespec_result canonical;
9421 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9422 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9423 int pending = 0;
9424 int task = 0;
9425 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9426
9427 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9428
9429 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9430
9431 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9432 {
9433 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9434 addr_start, &copy_arg);
9435 }
9436
9437 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9438 switch (e.reason)
9439 {
9440 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
9441 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9442 return 0;
9443 break;
9444 case RETURN_ERROR:
9445 switch (e.error)
9446 {
9447 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9448
9449 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9450 error. */
9451
9452 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9453 throw_exception (e);
9454
9455 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9456
9457 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9458 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9459 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9460 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9461 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9462 return 0;
9463
9464 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9465 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9466 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9467 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9468 {
9469 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9470
9471 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9472 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9473 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9474 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9475 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9476 pending = 1;
9477 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9478 }
9479 break;
9480 default:
9481 throw_exception (e);
9482 }
9483 break;
9484 default:
9485 throw_exception (e);
9486 }
9487
9488 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9489 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9490
9491 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9492 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9493 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9494 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9495 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9496
9497 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9498 are ok for the target. */
9499 if (!pending)
9500 {
9501 int ix;
9502 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9503
9504 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9505 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9506 }
9507
9508 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9509 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9510 {
9511 int ix;
9512 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9513
9514 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9515 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9516 }
9517
9518 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9519 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9520 breakpoint. */
9521 if (!pending)
9522 {
9523 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9524
9525 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9526
9527 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9528 {
9529 char *rest;
9530 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9531 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9532 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9533 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9534
9535 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9536 &thread, &task, &rest);
9537 if (cond_string)
9538 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9539 if (rest)
9540 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9541 if (rest)
9542 extra_string = rest;
9543 }
9544 else
9545 {
9546 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9547 if (cond_string)
9548 {
9549 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9550 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9551 }
9552 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9553 if (extra_string)
9554 {
9555 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9556 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9557 }
9558 }
9559
9560 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
9561 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9562 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9563 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9564 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9565 }
9566 else
9567 {
9568 struct breakpoint *b;
9569
9570 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9571
9572 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9573 {
9574 struct tracepoint *t;
9575
9576 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9577 b = &t->base;
9578 }
9579 else
9580 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9581
9582 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9583
9584 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9585 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9586 b->cond_string = NULL;
9587 else
9588 {
9589 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9590 if (cond_string)
9591 {
9592 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9593 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9594 }
9595 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9596 }
9597 b->extra_string = NULL;
9598 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9599 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9600 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9601 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9602 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9603 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9604 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9605
9606 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9607 }
9608
9609 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9610 {
9611 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9612 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9613 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9614 }
9615
9616 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9617 breakpoint. */
9618 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9619 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9620 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9621
9622 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9623 update_global_location_list (1);
9624
9625 return 1;
9626 }
9627
9628 /* Set a breakpoint.
9629 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9630 condition, and thread.
9631 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9632 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9633 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
9634
9635 static void
9636 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9637 {
9638 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9639 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9640 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9641 : bp_breakpoint);
9642 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9643 const char *arg_cp = arg;
9644
9645 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9646 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
9647 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9648 else
9649 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9650
9651 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9652 arg,
9653 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9654 tempflag, type_wanted,
9655 0 /* Ignore count */,
9656 pending_break_support,
9657 ops,
9658 from_tty,
9659 1 /* enabled */,
9660 0 /* internal */,
9661 0);
9662 }
9663
9664 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9665
9666 void
9667 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9668 {
9669 CORE_ADDR pc;
9670
9671 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9672 {
9673 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9674 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9675 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
9676 sal->pc = pc;
9677
9678 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9679 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9680 if (sal->explicit_line)
9681 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9682 }
9683
9684 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9685 {
9686 struct blockvector *bv;
9687 struct block *b;
9688 struct symbol *sym;
9689
9690 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
9691 if (bv != NULL)
9692 {
9693 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9694 if (sym != NULL)
9695 {
9696 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
9697 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
9698 }
9699 else
9700 {
9701 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9702 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9703 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9704 happen in assembly source). */
9705
9706 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
9707 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9708
9709 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9710
9711 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9712 if (msym)
9713 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
9714
9715 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9716 }
9717 }
9718 }
9719 }
9720
9721 void
9722 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9723 {
9724 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9725 }
9726
9727 void
9728 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9729 {
9730 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9731 }
9732
9733 static void
9734 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9735 {
9736 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9737 }
9738
9739 static void
9740 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9741 {
9742 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9743 }
9744
9745 static void
9746 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9747 {
9748 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9749 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9750 stop at <line>\n"));
9751 }
9752
9753 static void
9754 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9755 {
9756 int badInput = 0;
9757
9758 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9759 badInput = 1;
9760 else if (*arg != '*')
9761 {
9762 char *argptr = arg;
9763 int hasColon = 0;
9764
9765 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9766 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9767 function/method name. */
9768 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9769 {
9770 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9771 argptr++;
9772 }
9773
9774 if (hasColon)
9775 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9776 else
9777 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9778 }
9779
9780 if (badInput)
9781 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9782 else
9783 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9784 }
9785
9786 static void
9787 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9788 {
9789 int badInput = 0;
9790
9791 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9792 badInput = 1;
9793 else
9794 {
9795 char *argptr = arg;
9796 int hasColon = 0;
9797
9798 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9799 it is probably a line number. */
9800 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9801 {
9802 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9803 argptr++;
9804 }
9805
9806 if (hasColon)
9807 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9808 else
9809 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9810 }
9811
9812 if (badInput)
9813 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9814 else
9815 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9816 }
9817
9818 void dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
9819
9820 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9821 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9822 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9823 line. */
9824
9825 void
9826 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9827 {
9828 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9829 arg,
9830 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9831 0, bp_dprintf,
9832 0 /* Ignore count */,
9833 pending_break_support,
9834 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9835 from_tty,
9836 1 /* enabled */,
9837 0 /* internal */,
9838 0);
9839 }
9840
9841 static void
9842 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9843 {
9844 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9845 }
9846
9847 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9848 ranged breakpoints. */
9849
9850 static int
9851 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9852 struct address_space *aspace,
9853 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
9854 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9855 {
9856 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9857 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9858 return 0;
9859
9860 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9861 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9862 }
9863
9864 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9865 ranged breakpoints. */
9866
9867 static int
9868 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9869 {
9870 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9871 }
9872
9873 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9874 ranged breakpoints. */
9875
9876 static enum print_stop_action
9877 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9878 {
9879 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9880 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9881 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9882
9883 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9884
9885 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9886 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9887
9888 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9889 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9890 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9891 else
9892 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9893 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9894 {
9895 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9896 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9897 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9898 }
9899 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9900 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
9901
9902 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9903 }
9904
9905 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9906 ranged breakpoints. */
9907
9908 static void
9909 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9910 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9911 {
9912 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9913 struct value_print_options opts;
9914 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9915
9916 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9917 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9918
9919 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9920
9921 if (opts.addressprint)
9922 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9923 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9924 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
9925 annotate_field (5);
9926 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
9927 *last_loc = bl;
9928 }
9929
9930 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9931 ranged breakpoints. */
9932
9933 static void
9934 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9935 struct ui_out *uiout)
9936 {
9937 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
9938 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9939 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
9940 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
9941
9942 gdb_assert (bl);
9943
9944 address_start = bl->address;
9945 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
9946
9947 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
9948 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
9949 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
9950 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
9951 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
9952 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9953
9954 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9955 }
9956
9957 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9958 ranged breakpoints. */
9959
9960 static void
9961 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9962 {
9963 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9964 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9965
9966 gdb_assert (bl);
9967 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9968
9969 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9970 return;
9971
9972 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9973 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
9974 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
9975 }
9976
9977 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9978 ranged breakpoints. */
9979
9980 static void
9981 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9982 {
9983 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
9984 b->addr_string_range_end);
9985 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9986 }
9987
9988 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9989
9990 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
9991
9992 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9993 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9994 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9995 last instruction of the given line. */
9996
9997 static CORE_ADDR
9998 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
9999 {
10000 CORE_ADDR end;
10001
10002 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10003 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10004 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10005 end = sal.pc;
10006 else
10007 {
10008 int ret;
10009 CORE_ADDR start;
10010
10011 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10012 if (!ret)
10013 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10014
10015 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10016 end--;
10017 }
10018
10019 return end;
10020 }
10021
10022 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10023
10024 static void
10025 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10026 {
10027 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10028 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10029 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10030 CORE_ADDR end;
10031 struct breakpoint *b;
10032 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10033 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10034 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10035
10036 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10037 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10038 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10039
10040 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10041 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10042 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10043 bp_count, 0);
10044 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10045 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10046
10047 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10048 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10049 error(_("No address range specified."));
10050
10051 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10052
10053 arg_start = arg;
10054 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10055
10056 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10057
10058 if (arg[0] != ',')
10059 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10060 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10061 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10062
10063 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10064
10065 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10066 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10067 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10068
10069 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10070 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10071 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10072
10073 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10074 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10075
10076 /* Parse the end location. */
10077
10078 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10079 arg_start = arg;
10080
10081 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10082 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10083 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10084 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10085 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10086 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10087 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10088 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10089
10090 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10091
10092 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10093 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10094
10095 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10096 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10097 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10098 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10099
10100 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10101 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10102 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10103
10104 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10105 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10106 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10107
10108 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10109 if (length < 0)
10110 /* Length overflowed. */
10111 error (_("Address range too large."));
10112 else if (length == 1)
10113 {
10114 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10115 the `hbreak' command. */
10116 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10117
10118 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10119
10120 return;
10121 }
10122
10123 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10124 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10125 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10126 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10127 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10128 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10129 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10130 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10131 b->loc->length = length;
10132
10133 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10134
10135 mention (b);
10136 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10137 update_global_location_list (1);
10138 }
10139
10140 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10141 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10142 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10143 zero. */
10144
10145 static int
10146 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10147 {
10148 int i = exp->nelts;
10149
10150 while (i > 0)
10151 {
10152 int oplenp, argsp;
10153
10154 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10155 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10156 i -= oplenp;
10157
10158 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10159 {
10160 case BINOP_ADD:
10161 case BINOP_SUB:
10162 case BINOP_MUL:
10163 case BINOP_DIV:
10164 case BINOP_REM:
10165 case BINOP_MOD:
10166 case BINOP_LSH:
10167 case BINOP_RSH:
10168 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10169 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10170 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10171 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10172 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10173 case BINOP_EQUAL:
10174 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10175 case BINOP_LESS:
10176 case BINOP_GTR:
10177 case BINOP_LEQ:
10178 case BINOP_GEQ:
10179 case BINOP_REPEAT:
10180 case BINOP_COMMA:
10181 case BINOP_EXP:
10182 case BINOP_MIN:
10183 case BINOP_MAX:
10184 case BINOP_INTDIV:
10185 case BINOP_CONCAT:
10186 case BINOP_IN:
10187 case BINOP_RANGE:
10188 case TERNOP_COND:
10189 case TERNOP_SLICE:
10190
10191 case OP_LONG:
10192 case OP_DOUBLE:
10193 case OP_DECFLOAT:
10194 case OP_LAST:
10195 case OP_COMPLEX:
10196 case OP_STRING:
10197 case OP_ARRAY:
10198 case OP_TYPE:
10199 case OP_TYPEOF:
10200 case OP_DECLTYPE:
10201 case OP_NAME:
10202 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10203
10204 case UNOP_NEG:
10205 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10206 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10207 case UNOP_ADDR:
10208 case UNOP_HIGH:
10209 case UNOP_CAST:
10210
10211 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10212 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10213 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10214 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10215 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10216 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10217 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10218
10219 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10220 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10221 ADDR is. */
10222 break;
10223
10224 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
10225 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10226
10227 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10228 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10229 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10230 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10231
10232 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10233 are always constant. */
10234 {
10235 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10236
10237 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10238 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10239 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10240 return 0;
10241 break;
10242 }
10243
10244 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10245 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10246 then it is not a constant. */
10247 default:
10248 return 0;
10249 }
10250 }
10251
10252 return 1;
10253 }
10254
10255 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10256
10257 static void
10258 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10259 {
10260 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10261
10262 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10263 xfree (w->exp);
10264 xfree (w->exp_string);
10265 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10266 value_free (w->val);
10267
10268 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10269 }
10270
10271 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10272
10273 static void
10274 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10275 {
10276 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10277
10278 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10279 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10280
10281 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10282 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10283 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10284 are loaded and unloaded.
10285
10286 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10287 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10288 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10289 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10290 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10291 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10292
10293 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10294 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10295 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10296 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10297
10298 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10299 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10300
10301 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10302 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10303 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10304 }
10305
10306 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10307
10308 static int
10309 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10310 {
10311 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10312 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10313
10314 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10315 w->cond_exp);
10316 }
10317
10318 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10319
10320 static int
10321 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10322 {
10323 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10324 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10325
10326 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10327 w->cond_exp);
10328 }
10329
10330 static int
10331 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10332 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10333 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10334 {
10335 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10336 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10337
10338 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10339 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10340 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10341 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10342 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10343 (did not match the data address). */
10344 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10345 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10346 return 0;
10347
10348 return 1;
10349 }
10350
10351 static void
10352 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10353 {
10354 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10355
10356 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10357 }
10358
10359 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10360 hardware watchpoints. */
10361
10362 static int
10363 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10364 {
10365 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10366 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10367
10368 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10369 }
10370
10371 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10372 hardware watchpoints. */
10373
10374 static int
10375 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10376 {
10377 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10378 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10379 }
10380
10381 static enum print_stop_action
10382 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10383 {
10384 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10385 struct breakpoint *b;
10386 const struct bp_location *bl;
10387 struct ui_file *stb;
10388 enum print_stop_action result;
10389 struct watchpoint *w;
10390 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10391
10392 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10393
10394 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
10395 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10396 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10397
10398 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10399 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10400
10401 switch (b->type)
10402 {
10403 case bp_watchpoint:
10404 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10405 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10406 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10407 ui_out_field_string
10408 (uiout, "reason",
10409 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10410 mention (b);
10411 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10412 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10413 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10414 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10415 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10416 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10417 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10418 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10419 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10420 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10421 break;
10422
10423 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10424 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10425 ui_out_field_string
10426 (uiout, "reason",
10427 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10428 mention (b);
10429 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10430 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10431 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10432 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10433 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10434 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10435 break;
10436
10437 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10438 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10439 {
10440 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10441 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10442 ui_out_field_string
10443 (uiout, "reason",
10444 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10445 mention (b);
10446 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10447 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10448 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10449 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10450 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10451 }
10452 else
10453 {
10454 mention (b);
10455 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10456 ui_out_field_string
10457 (uiout, "reason",
10458 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10459 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10460 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10461 }
10462 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10463 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10464 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10465 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10466 break;
10467 default:
10468 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10469 }
10470
10471 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10472 return result;
10473 }
10474
10475 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10476 watchpoints. */
10477
10478 static void
10479 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10480 {
10481 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10482 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10483 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10484
10485 switch (b->type)
10486 {
10487 case bp_watchpoint:
10488 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10489 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10490 break;
10491 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10492 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10493 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10494 break;
10495 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10496 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10497 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10498 break;
10499 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10500 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10501 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10502 break;
10503 default:
10504 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10505 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10506 }
10507
10508 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10509 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10510 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10511 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10512 }
10513
10514 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10515 watchpoints. */
10516
10517 static void
10518 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10519 {
10520 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10521
10522 switch (b->type)
10523 {
10524 case bp_watchpoint:
10525 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10526 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10527 break;
10528 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10529 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10530 break;
10531 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10532 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10533 break;
10534 default:
10535 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10536 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10537 }
10538
10539 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10540 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10541 }
10542
10543 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10544
10545 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10546
10547 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10548 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10549
10550 static int
10551 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10552 {
10553 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10554
10555 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10556 bl->watchpoint_type);
10557 }
10558
10559 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10560 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10561
10562 static int
10563 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10564 {
10565 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10566
10567 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10568 bl->watchpoint_type);
10569 }
10570
10571 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10572 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10573
10574 static int
10575 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10576 {
10577 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10578
10579 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10580 }
10581
10582 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10583 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10584
10585 static int
10586 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10587 {
10588 return 0;
10589 }
10590
10591 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10592 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10593
10594 static enum print_stop_action
10595 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10596 {
10597 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10598 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10599
10600 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10601 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10602
10603 switch (b->type)
10604 {
10605 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10606 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10607 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10608 ui_out_field_string
10609 (uiout, "reason",
10610 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10611 break;
10612
10613 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10614 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10615 ui_out_field_string
10616 (uiout, "reason",
10617 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10618 break;
10619
10620 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10621 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10622 ui_out_field_string
10623 (uiout, "reason",
10624 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10625 break;
10626 default:
10627 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10628 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10629 }
10630
10631 mention (b);
10632 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10633 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10634 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10635 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10636
10637 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10638 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10639 }
10640
10641 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10642 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10643
10644 static void
10645 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10646 struct ui_out *uiout)
10647 {
10648 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10649
10650 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10651 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10652
10653 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10654 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10655 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10656 }
10657
10658 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10659 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10660
10661 static void
10662 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10663 {
10664 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10665 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10666 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10667
10668 switch (b->type)
10669 {
10670 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10671 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10672 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10673 break;
10674 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10675 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10676 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10677 break;
10678 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10679 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10680 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10681 break;
10682 default:
10683 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10684 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10685 }
10686
10687 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10688 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10689 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10690 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10691 }
10692
10693 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10694 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10695
10696 static void
10697 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10698 {
10699 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10700 char tmp[40];
10701
10702 switch (b->type)
10703 {
10704 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10705 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10706 break;
10707 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10708 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10709 break;
10710 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10711 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10712 break;
10713 default:
10714 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10715 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10716 }
10717
10718 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10719 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10720 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10721 }
10722
10723 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10724
10725 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10726
10727 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10728
10729 static int
10730 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10731 {
10732 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10733 }
10734
10735 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10736 hw_read: watch read,
10737 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10738 static void
10739 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10740 int just_location, int internal)
10741 {
10742 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10743 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10744 struct expression *exp;
10745 struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10746 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
10747 struct frame_info *frame;
10748 char *exp_start = NULL;
10749 char *exp_end = NULL;
10750 char *tok, *end_tok;
10751 int toklen = -1;
10752 char *cond_start = NULL;
10753 char *cond_end = NULL;
10754 enum bptype bp_type;
10755 int thread = -1;
10756 int pc = 0;
10757 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10758 the hardware watchpoint. */
10759 int use_mask = 0;
10760 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10761 struct watchpoint *w;
10762
10763 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10764 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10765 {
10766 char *value_start;
10767
10768 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10769 of the arguments string. */
10770 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10771 {
10772 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10773 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10774 tok--;
10775
10776 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10777 This is the value of the parameter. */
10778 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10779 tok--;
10780 value_start = tok + 1;
10781
10782 /* Skip whitespace. */
10783 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10784 tok--;
10785
10786 end_tok = tok;
10787
10788 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10789 This is the parameter itself. */
10790 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10791 tok--;
10792 tok++;
10793 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10794
10795 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
10796 {
10797 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10798 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10799 only in a specific thread. */
10800 char *endp;
10801
10802 if (thread != -1)
10803 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10804
10805 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10806 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
10807
10808 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10809 thread ID. */
10810 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10811 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
10812
10813 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10814 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
10815 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
10816 }
10817 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
10818 {
10819 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10820 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10821 facility. */
10822 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10823
10824 if (use_mask)
10825 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10826
10827 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10828
10829 mark = value_mark ();
10830 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10831 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10832 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10833 }
10834 else
10835 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10836 break;
10837
10838 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10839 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10840 *tok = '\0';
10841 }
10842 }
10843
10844 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
10845 innermost_block = NULL;
10846 exp_start = arg;
10847 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
10848 exp_end = arg;
10849 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10850 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10851 prettier. */
10852 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10853 --exp_end;
10854
10855 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10856 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
10857 {
10858 int len;
10859
10860 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10861 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10862 len--;
10863 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10864 }
10865
10866 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10867 mark = value_mark ();
10868 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
10869
10870 if (just_location)
10871 {
10872 int ret;
10873
10874 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10875 val = value_addr (result);
10876 release_value (val);
10877 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10878
10879 if (use_mask)
10880 {
10881 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
10882 mask);
10883 if (ret == -1)
10884 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10885 else if (ret == -2)
10886 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10887 }
10888 }
10889 else if (val != NULL)
10890 release_value (val);
10891
10892 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
10893 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
10894
10895 toklen = end_tok - tok;
10896 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
10897 {
10898 struct expression *cond;
10899
10900 innermost_block = NULL;
10901 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
10902 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
10903
10904 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10905 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10906 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10907
10908 xfree (cond);
10909 cond_end = tok;
10910 }
10911 if (*tok)
10912 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10913
10914 if (accessflag == hw_read)
10915 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
10916 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
10917 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
10918 else
10919 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10920
10921 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
10922
10923 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10924 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10925 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10926 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10927 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
10928 {
10929 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
10930 {
10931 scope_breakpoint
10932 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
10933 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
10934 bp_watchpoint_scope,
10935 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
10936
10937 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10938
10939 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10940 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
10941
10942 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10943 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
10944
10945 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10946 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
10947 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
10948 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
10949 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
10950 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
10951 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
10952 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
10953 scope_breakpoint->type);
10954 }
10955 }
10956
10957 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10958
10959 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
10960 b = &w->base;
10961 if (use_mask)
10962 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
10963 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10964 else
10965 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
10966 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10967 b->thread = thread;
10968 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10969 b->pspace = current_program_space;
10970 w->exp = exp;
10971 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
10972 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
10973 if (just_location)
10974 {
10975 struct type *t = value_type (val);
10976 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
10977 char *name;
10978
10979 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
10980 name = type_to_string (t);
10981
10982 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
10983 core_addr_to_string (addr));
10984 xfree (name);
10985
10986 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10987 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
10988
10989 /* The above expression is in C. */
10990 b->language = language_c;
10991 }
10992 else
10993 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
10994
10995 if (use_mask)
10996 {
10997 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
10998 }
10999 else
11000 {
11001 w->val = val;
11002 w->val_valid = 1;
11003 }
11004
11005 if (cond_start)
11006 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11007 else
11008 b->cond_string = 0;
11009
11010 if (frame)
11011 {
11012 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11013 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11014 }
11015 else
11016 {
11017 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11018 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11019 }
11020
11021 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11022 {
11023 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11024 need to act on them together. */
11025 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11026 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11027 }
11028
11029 if (!just_location)
11030 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11031
11032 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11033 {
11034 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11035 that should be inserted. */
11036 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11037 }
11038 if (e.reason < 0)
11039 {
11040 delete_breakpoint (b);
11041 throw_exception (e);
11042 }
11043
11044 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11045 }
11046
11047 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11048 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11049
11050 static int
11051 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11052 {
11053 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11054 struct value *head = v;
11055
11056 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11057 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11058 return 0;
11059
11060 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11061 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11062 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11063 hardware watchpoint.
11064
11065 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11066 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11067 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11068 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11069 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11070 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11071 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11072 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11073 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11074
11075 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11076 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11077 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11078 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11079 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11080 {
11081 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11082 {
11083 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11084 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11085 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11086 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11087 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11088 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11089 ;
11090 else
11091 {
11092 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11093 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11094 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11095
11096 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11097 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11098 middle of some value chain. */
11099 if (v == head
11100 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11101 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11102 {
11103 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11104 int len;
11105 int num_regs;
11106
11107 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11108 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11109 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11110
11111 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11112 if (!num_regs)
11113 return 0;
11114 else
11115 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11116 }
11117 }
11118 }
11119 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11120 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11121 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11122 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11123 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11124 }
11125
11126 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11127 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11128 return found_memory_cnt;
11129 }
11130
11131 void
11132 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11133 {
11134 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11135 }
11136
11137 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11138 calls watch_command_1. */
11139
11140 static void
11141 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11142 {
11143 int just_location = 0;
11144
11145 if (arg
11146 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11147 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11148 {
11149 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11150 just_location = 1;
11151 }
11152
11153 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11154 }
11155
11156 static void
11157 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11158 {
11159 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11160 }
11161
11162 void
11163 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11164 {
11165 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11166 }
11167
11168 static void
11169 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11170 {
11171 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11172 }
11173
11174 void
11175 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11176 {
11177 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11178 }
11179
11180 static void
11181 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11182 {
11183 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11184 }
11185 \f
11186
11187 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11188 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11189
11190 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11191 {
11192 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11193 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11194 int thread_num;
11195 };
11196
11197 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11198 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11199 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11200 command. */
11201 static void
11202 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11203 {
11204 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11205
11206 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11207 if (a->breakpoint2)
11208 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11209 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11210 }
11211
11212 void
11213 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11214 {
11215 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11216 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11217 struct frame_info *frame;
11218 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11219 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11220 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11221 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11222 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11223 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11224 int thread;
11225 struct thread_info *tp;
11226
11227 clear_proceed_status ();
11228
11229 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11230 this function. */
11231
11232 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11233 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11234 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11235 get_last_displayed_line ());
11236 else
11237 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11238 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11239
11240 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11241 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11242
11243 sal = sals.sals[0];
11244 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11245
11246 if (*arg)
11247 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11248
11249 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11250
11251 tp = inferior_thread ();
11252 thread = tp->num;
11253
11254 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11255
11256 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11257 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11258 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11259 that. */
11260
11261 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11262 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11263 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11264 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11265
11266 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11267 one. */
11268
11269 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11270 {
11271 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11272
11273 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11274 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11275 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11276 sal2,
11277 caller_frame_id,
11278 bp_until);
11279 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11280
11281 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11282 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11283 }
11284
11285 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11286 frame = NULL;
11287
11288 if (anywhere)
11289 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11290 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11291 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11292 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11293 else
11294 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11295 only at the very same frame. */
11296 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11297 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11298 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11299
11300 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11301
11302 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11303 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11304 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11305 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11306
11307 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11308 {
11309 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11310 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11311
11312 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11313 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11314 args->thread_num = thread;
11315
11316 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11317 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11318 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11319 xfree);
11320 }
11321 else
11322 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11323 }
11324
11325 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11326 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11327
11328 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11329 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11330 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11331 if clause in the arg string. */
11332
11333 static char *
11334 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11335 {
11336 char *cond_string;
11337
11338 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11339 return NULL;
11340
11341 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11342 (*arg) += 2;
11343
11344 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11345 condition string. */
11346 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11347 cond_string = *arg;
11348
11349 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11350 string. */
11351 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11352
11353 return cond_string;
11354 }
11355
11356 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11357 process start/exit, etc. */
11358
11359 typedef enum
11360 {
11361 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11362 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11363 }
11364 catch_fork_kind;
11365
11366 static void
11367 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11368 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11369 {
11370 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11371 char *cond_string = NULL;
11372 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11373 int tempflag;
11374
11375 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11376 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11377 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11378
11379 if (!arg)
11380 arg = "";
11381 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11382
11383 /* The allowed syntax is:
11384 catch [v]fork
11385 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11386
11387 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11388 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11389
11390 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11391 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11392
11393 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11394 and enable reporting of such events. */
11395 switch (fork_kind)
11396 {
11397 case catch_fork_temporary:
11398 case catch_fork_permanent:
11399 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11400 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11401 break;
11402 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11403 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11404 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11405 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11406 break;
11407 default:
11408 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11409 break;
11410 }
11411 }
11412
11413 static void
11414 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11415 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11416 {
11417 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11418 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11419 int tempflag;
11420 char *cond_string = NULL;
11421
11422 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11423
11424 if (!arg)
11425 arg = "";
11426 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11427
11428 /* The allowed syntax is:
11429 catch exec
11430 catch exec if <cond>
11431
11432 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11433 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11434
11435 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11436 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11437
11438 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11439 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11440 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11441 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11442
11443 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11444 }
11445
11446 static enum print_stop_action
11447 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
11448 {
11449 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11450 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11451 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
11452
11453 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
11454
11455 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11456 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
11457 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
11458 b->loc->address,
11459 b->number, 1);
11460 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11461 ui_out_text (uiout,
11462 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
11463 : "Catchpoint ");
11464 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11465 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11466 ui_out_text (uiout,
11467 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
11468 : " (exception caught), ");
11469 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11470 {
11471 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11472 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11473 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11474 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11475 }
11476 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11477 }
11478
11479 static void
11480 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11481 struct bp_location **last_loc)
11482 {
11483 struct value_print_options opts;
11484 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11485
11486 get_user_print_options (&opts);
11487 if (opts.addressprint)
11488 {
11489 annotate_field (4);
11490 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
11491 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11492 else
11493 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
11494 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
11495 }
11496 annotate_field (5);
11497 if (b->loc)
11498 *last_loc = b->loc;
11499 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
11500 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
11501 else
11502 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
11503 }
11504
11505 static void
11506 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11507 {
11508 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11509 int bp_temp;
11510 int bp_throw;
11511
11512 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11513 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11514 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11515 : _("Catchpoint "));
11516 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11517 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
11518 : _(" (catch)"));
11519 }
11520
11521 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11522 catch catchpoints. */
11523
11524 static void
11525 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11526 struct ui_file *fp)
11527 {
11528 int bp_temp;
11529 int bp_throw;
11530
11531 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11532 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11533 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11534 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
11535 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11536 }
11537
11538 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
11539
11540 static int
11541 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
11542 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
11543 {
11544 char *trigger_func_name;
11545
11546 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11547 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
11548 else
11549 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
11550
11551 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11552 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1, NULL,
11553 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11554 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
11555 0,
11556 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
11557 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
11558 1 /* enabled */,
11559 0 /* internal */,
11560 0);
11561
11562 return 1;
11563 }
11564
11565 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11566
11567 static void
11568 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
11569 int tempflag, int from_tty)
11570 {
11571 char *cond_string = NULL;
11572
11573 if (!arg)
11574 arg = "";
11575 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11576
11577 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11578
11579 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11580 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11581
11582 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
11583 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11584 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11585
11586 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
11587 return;
11588
11589 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11590 }
11591
11592 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11593
11594 static void
11595 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11596 {
11597 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11598
11599 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11600 }
11601
11602 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11603
11604 static void
11605 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11606 {
11607 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11608
11609 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11610 }
11611
11612 void
11613 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11614 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11615 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11616 char *addr_string,
11617 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11618 int tempflag,
11619 int from_tty)
11620 {
11621 if (from_tty)
11622 {
11623 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11624 if (!loc_gdbarch)
11625 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11626
11627 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11628 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11629 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11630 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11631 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11632 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11633 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11634 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11635 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11636 enough for now, though. */
11637 }
11638
11639 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11640
11641 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11642 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11643 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11644 b->language = language_ada;
11645 }
11646
11647 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11648 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11649 static VEC(int) *
11650 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11651 {
11652 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11653 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11654
11655 while (*arg != '\0')
11656 {
11657 int i, syscall_number;
11658 char *endptr;
11659 char cur_name[128];
11660 struct syscall s;
11661
11662 /* Skip whitespace. */
11663 while (isspace (*arg))
11664 arg++;
11665
11666 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11667 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11668 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11669 arg += i;
11670
11671 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11672 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11673 if (*endptr == '\0')
11674 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11675 else
11676 {
11677 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11678 to a number. */
11679 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11680
11681 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11682 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11683 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11684 syscall number to be caught. */
11685 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11686 }
11687
11688 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11689 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11690 }
11691
11692 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11693 return result;
11694 }
11695
11696 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11697
11698 static void
11699 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11700 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11701 {
11702 int tempflag;
11703 VEC(int) *filter;
11704 struct syscall s;
11705 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11706
11707 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11708 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11709 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11710 this architecture yet."));
11711
11712 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11713
11714 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11715
11716 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11717 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11718 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11719 for his/her architecture. */
11720 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11721
11722 /* The allowed syntax is:
11723 catch syscall
11724 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11725
11726 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11727
11728 if (arg != NULL)
11729 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11730 else
11731 filter = NULL;
11732
11733 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11734 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11735 }
11736
11737 static void
11738 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11739 {
11740 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11741 }
11742 \f
11743
11744 static void
11745 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11746 {
11747 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11748 }
11749
11750 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11751
11752 static int
11753 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11754 {
11755 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11756 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11757 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11758 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11759
11760 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11761 return -1;
11762 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11763 return 1;
11764
11765 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11766 the number 0. */
11767 if (ua < ub)
11768 return -1;
11769 return ub > ub ? 1 : 0;
11770 }
11771
11772 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11773
11774 static void
11775 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11776 {
11777 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11778 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11779 int ix;
11780 int default_match;
11781 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11782 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11783 int i;
11784 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11785
11786 if (arg)
11787 {
11788 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11789 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11790 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11791 default_match = 0;
11792 }
11793 else
11794 {
11795 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11796 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11797 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11798 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11799
11800 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11801 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11802 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11803 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11804 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11805 error (_("No source file specified."));
11806
11807 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11808 sals.nelts = 1;
11809
11810 default_match = 1;
11811 }
11812
11813 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11814 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11815 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11816 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11817
11818 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11819 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11820 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11821 due to optimization, all in one block.
11822
11823 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11824 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11825 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11826 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11827 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11828 to support that. */
11829
11830 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11831 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11832 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11833 breakpoint. */
11834
11835 found = NULL;
11836 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11837 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11838 {
11839 int is_abs, sal_name_len;
11840
11841 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11842 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11843 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11844 or at default pc.
11845
11846 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11847
11848 0 1 pc
11849 1 1 pc _and_ line
11850 0 0 line
11851 1 0 <can't happen> */
11852
11853 sal = sals.sals[i];
11854 is_abs = sal.symtab == NULL ? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename);
11855 sal_name_len = is_abs ? 0 : strlen (sal.symtab->filename);
11856
11857 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11858 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11859 {
11860 int match = 0;
11861 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11862 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11863 {
11864 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11865 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11866 {
11867 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11868 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11869 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11870 && sal.pc
11871 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11872 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11873 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11874 || loc->section == sal.section));
11875 int line_match = 0;
11876
11877 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11878 && loc->source_file != NULL
11879 && sal.symtab != NULL
11880 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11881 && loc->line_number == sal.line)
11882 {
11883 if (filename_cmp (loc->source_file,
11884 sal.symtab->filename) == 0)
11885 line_match = 1;
11886 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename)
11887 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc->source_file,
11888 sal.symtab->filename,
11889 sal_name_len))
11890 line_match = 1;
11891 }
11892
11893 if (pc_match || line_match)
11894 {
11895 match = 1;
11896 break;
11897 }
11898 }
11899 }
11900
11901 if (match)
11902 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
11903 }
11904 }
11905
11906 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11907 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
11908 {
11909 if (arg)
11910 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11911 else
11912 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11913 }
11914
11915 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11916 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
11917 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
11918 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
11919 compare_breakpoints);
11920 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
11921 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
11922 {
11923 if (b == prev)
11924 {
11925 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
11926 --ix;
11927 }
11928 }
11929
11930 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
11931 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11932 if (from_tty)
11933 {
11934 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
11935 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11936 else
11937 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11938 }
11939 breakpoints_changed ();
11940
11941 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
11942 {
11943 if (from_tty)
11944 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
11945 delete_breakpoint (b);
11946 }
11947 if (from_tty)
11948 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11949
11950 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11951 }
11952 \f
11953 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11954 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11955 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11956
11957 void
11958 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
11959 {
11960 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11961
11962 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
11963 if (bs->breakpoint_at
11964 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
11965 && bs->stop)
11966 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
11967
11968 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11969 {
11970 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
11971 delete_breakpoint (b);
11972 }
11973 }
11974
11975 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11976 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11977 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11978 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
11979 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11980 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11981
11982 static int
11983 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
11984 {
11985 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
11986 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
11987 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
11988 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
11989 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
11990
11991 if (a->address != b->address)
11992 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
11993
11994 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11995 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11996 grouped. */
11997
11998 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
11999 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12000 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12001
12002 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12003 if (a_perm != b_perm)
12004 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
12005
12006 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12007 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12008 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12009
12010 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12011 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12012 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12013
12014 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12015 }
12016
12017 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12018 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12019 content of the bp_location array. */
12020
12021 static void
12022 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12023 {
12024 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12025
12026 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12027 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12028
12029 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12030 {
12031 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12032
12033 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12034 continue;
12035
12036 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12037 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12038
12039 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12040 addr = bl->address - start;
12041 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12042 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12043
12044 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12045
12046 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12047 addr = end - bl->address;
12048 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12049 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12050 }
12051 }
12052
12053 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12054
12055 static void
12056 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12057 {
12058 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12059 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12060
12061 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12062 return;
12063
12064 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12065
12066 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12067 {
12068 struct tracepoint *t;
12069
12070 if (!is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
12071 continue;
12072
12073 if ((bl->owner->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12074 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12075 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12076 continue;
12077
12078 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12079 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12080 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12081 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12082 continue;
12083
12084 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12085
12086 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12087
12088 bl->inserted = 1;
12089 t = (struct tracepoint *) bl->owner;
12090 t->number_on_target = bl->owner->number;
12091 }
12092
12093 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12094 }
12095
12096 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12097
12098 static void
12099 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12100 {
12101 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12102 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12103 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12104 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12105
12106 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12107 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12108 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12109 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12110 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12111
12112 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12113 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12114 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12115 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12116 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12117 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12118 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12119 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12120 }
12121
12122 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12123 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12124 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12125 the target. */
12126
12127 static void
12128 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12129 {
12130 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12131 struct bp_location *loc;
12132 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12133 int pspace_num;
12134
12135 address = bl->address;
12136 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12137
12138 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12139 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12140 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12141 side. */
12142 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12143 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12144 return;
12145
12146 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12147 the same program space as the location
12148 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12149 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12150 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12151 {
12152 loc = *loc2p;
12153
12154 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12155 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12156 continue;
12157
12158 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12159 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12160 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12161 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12162 that have already been marked. */
12163 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12164
12165 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12166 it later on. */
12167 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12168 {
12169 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12170 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12171 }
12172 }
12173 }
12174
12175 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12176 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12177 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12178 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12179 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12180 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12181 returns true on them.
12182
12183 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12184 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12185 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12186 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12187 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12188 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12189
12190 static void
12191 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12192 {
12193 struct breakpoint *b;
12194 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12195 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12196 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12197 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12198 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12199 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12200
12201 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12202 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12203 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12204 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12205 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12206 once. */
12207 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12208 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12209 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12210 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12211
12212 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12213 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12214 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12215 unsigned old_location_count;
12216
12217 old_location = bp_location;
12218 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12219 bp_location = NULL;
12220 bp_location_count = 0;
12221 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12222
12223 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12224 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12225 bp_location_count++;
12226
12227 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12228 locp = bp_location;
12229 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12230 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12231 *locp++ = loc;
12232 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12233 bp_location_compare);
12234
12235 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12236
12237 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12238 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12239 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12240 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12241 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12242 location.
12243
12244 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12245 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12246
12247 locp = bp_location;
12248 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12249 old_locp++)
12250 {
12251 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12252 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12253
12254 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12255 not, we have to free it. */
12256 int found_object = 0;
12257 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12258 int keep_in_target = 0;
12259 int removed = 0;
12260
12261 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12262 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12263 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12264 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12265 locp++;
12266
12267 for (loc2p = locp;
12268 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12269 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12270 loc2p++)
12271 {
12272 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12273 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12274 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12275 place there. */
12276 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12277 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12278 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12279 {
12280 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12281 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12282 }
12283
12284 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12285 found_object = 1;
12286 }
12287
12288 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12289 have to go through updates again. */
12290 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12291
12292 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12293 if (!found_object)
12294 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12295
12296 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12297 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12298 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12299 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12300 at certain location is not inserted. */
12301
12302 if (old_loc->inserted)
12303 {
12304 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12305 it. */
12306
12307 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12308 {
12309 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12310 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12311 keep_in_target = 1;
12312 }
12313 else
12314 {
12315 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12316 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12317 remove its target-side condition. */
12318
12319 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12320 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12321 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12322 this one from the target. */
12323
12324 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12325 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12326 {
12327 for (loc2p = locp;
12328 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12329 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12330 loc2p++)
12331 {
12332 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12333
12334 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12335 {
12336 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12337 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12338 supported, but the latter are. */
12339 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12340 {
12341 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12342 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12343 }
12344
12345 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12346 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12347 unduplicated. */
12348 if (loc2 != old_loc
12349 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12350 {
12351 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12352 keep_in_target = 1;
12353 break;
12354 }
12355 }
12356 }
12357 }
12358 }
12359
12360 if (!keep_in_target)
12361 {
12362 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12363 {
12364 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12365 this location on the global list, and try to
12366 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12367 reason why we will succeed next time.
12368
12369 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12370 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12371 only after calling us. */
12372 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12373 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12374 old_loc->owner->number);
12375 }
12376 removed = 1;
12377 }
12378 }
12379
12380 if (!found_object)
12381 {
12382 if (removed && non_stop
12383 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12384 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12385 {
12386 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12387 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12388 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12389 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12390 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12391 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12392 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12393 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12394 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12395 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12396 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12397 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12398 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12399 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12400 SIGTRAP.
12401
12402 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12403 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12404
12405 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12406 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12407 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12408 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12409 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12410 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12411 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12412 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12413 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12414 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12415 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12416 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12417 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12418 thread_count.
12419
12420 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12421 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12422 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12423 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12424
12425 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12426 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12427 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12428 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12429 traps we can no longer explain. */
12430
12431 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12432 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12433
12434 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12435 }
12436 else
12437 {
12438 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12439 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12440 }
12441 }
12442 }
12443
12444 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12445 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12446 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12447 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12448 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12449 are sorted first for the same address.
12450
12451 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12452 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12453
12454 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12455 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12456 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12457 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12458 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12459 {
12460 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12461 non-NULL. */
12462 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12463 b = loc->owner;
12464
12465 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12466 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12467 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12468 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12469 `struct bp_location'. */
12470 || is_tracepoint (b))
12471 {
12472 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12473 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12474 continue;
12475 }
12476
12477 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12478 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12479 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12480 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12481 "actually inserted"));
12482
12483 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12484 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12485 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12486 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12487 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12488 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12489 else
12490 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12491
12492 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12493 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12494 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12495 {
12496 *loc_first_p = loc;
12497 loc->duplicate = 0;
12498
12499 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12500 {
12501 loc->needs_update = 1;
12502 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12503 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12504 }
12505 continue;
12506 }
12507
12508
12509 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12510 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12511 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12512 if (loc->inserted)
12513 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12514 loc->duplicate = 1;
12515
12516 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12517 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12518
12519 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12520 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12521 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12522 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12523 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12524 }
12525
12526 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12527 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12528 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
12529 {
12530 if (should_insert)
12531 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12532 else
12533 {
12534 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12535 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12536 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12537 "needs_update". */
12538 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12539 }
12540 }
12541
12542 if (should_insert)
12543 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12544
12545 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12546 }
12547
12548 void
12549 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12550 {
12551 struct bp_location *loc;
12552 int ix;
12553
12554 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12555 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12556 {
12557 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12558 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12559 --ix;
12560 }
12561 }
12562
12563 static void
12564 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12565 {
12566 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12567
12568 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12569 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12570 }
12571
12572 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12573
12574 static void
12575 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12576 {
12577 bpstat bs;
12578
12579 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12580 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12581 {
12582 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12583 bs->old_val = NULL;
12584 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12585 }
12586 }
12587
12588 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12589 static int
12590 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12591 {
12592 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12593
12594 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12595 return 0;
12596 }
12597
12598 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12599 callbacks. */
12600
12601 static void
12602 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12603 {
12604 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12605 struct value_print_options opts;
12606
12607 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12608
12609 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12610 single string. */
12611 if (b->loc == NULL)
12612 {
12613 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12614 }
12615 else
12616 {
12617 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->source_file == NULL)
12618 {
12619 printf_filtered (" at ");
12620 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12621 gdb_stdout);
12622 }
12623 if (b->loc->source_file)
12624 {
12625 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12626 more nicely. */
12627 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12628 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12629 b->loc->source_file, b->loc->line_number);
12630 else
12631 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12632 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12633 real situation somewhat. */
12634 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12635 }
12636
12637 if (b->loc->next)
12638 {
12639 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12640 int n = 0;
12641 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12642 ++n;
12643 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12644 }
12645 }
12646 }
12647
12648 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12649
12650 static void
12651 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12652 {
12653 xfree (self->cond);
12654 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12655 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12656 xfree (self->function_name);
12657 xfree (self->source_file);
12658 }
12659
12660 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12661 {
12662 bp_location_dtor
12663 };
12664
12665 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12666 inherit from. */
12667
12668 static void
12669 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12670 {
12671 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12672 xfree (self->cond_string);
12673 xfree (self->addr_string);
12674 xfree (self->filter);
12675 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12676 }
12677
12678 static struct bp_location *
12679 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12680 {
12681 struct bp_location *loc;
12682
12683 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12684 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12685 return loc;
12686 }
12687
12688 static void
12689 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12690 {
12691 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12692 }
12693
12694 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12695 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12696
12697 static int
12698 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12699 {
12700 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12701 }
12702
12703 static int
12704 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12705 {
12706 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12707 }
12708
12709 static int
12710 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12711 struct address_space *aspace,
12712 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12713 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12714 {
12715 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12716 }
12717
12718 static void
12719 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12720 {
12721 /* Always stop. */
12722 }
12723
12724 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12725 errors. */
12726
12727 static int
12728 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12729 {
12730 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12731 }
12732
12733 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12734 errors. */
12735
12736 static int
12737 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12738 {
12739 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12740 }
12741
12742 static enum print_stop_action
12743 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12744 {
12745 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12746 }
12747
12748 static void
12749 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12750 struct ui_out *uiout)
12751 {
12752 /* nothing */
12753 }
12754
12755 static void
12756 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12757 {
12758 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12759 }
12760
12761 static void
12762 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12763 {
12764 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12765 }
12766
12767 static void
12768 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12769 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12770 enum bptype type_wanted,
12771 char *addr_start,
12772 char **copy_arg)
12773 {
12774 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12775 }
12776
12777 static void
12778 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12779 struct linespec_result *c,
12780 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12781 char *cond_string,
12782 char *extra_string,
12783 enum bptype type_wanted,
12784 enum bpdisp disposition,
12785 int thread,
12786 int task, int ignore_count,
12787 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12788 int from_tty, int enabled,
12789 int internal, unsigned flags)
12790 {
12791 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12792 }
12793
12794 static void
12795 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12796 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12797 {
12798 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12799 }
12800
12801 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12802 {
12803 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12804 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12805 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12806 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12807 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12808 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12809 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12810 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12811 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12812 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12813 NULL,
12814 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12815 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12816 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12817 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12818 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12819 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12820 };
12821
12822 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12823
12824 static void
12825 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12826 {
12827 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12828 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12829 {
12830 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12831 delete_breakpoint (b);
12832 return;
12833 }
12834
12835 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12836 }
12837
12838 static int
12839 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12840 {
12841 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12842 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12843 &bl->target_info);
12844 else
12845 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12846 &bl->target_info);
12847 }
12848
12849 static int
12850 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12851 {
12852 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12853 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12854 else
12855 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12856 }
12857
12858 static int
12859 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12860 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12861 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12862 {
12863 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
12864
12865 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12866 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12867 return 0;
12868
12869 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12870 aspace, bp_addr))
12871 return 0;
12872
12873 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12874 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12875 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12876 return 0;
12877
12878 return 1;
12879 }
12880
12881 static int
12882 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12883 {
12884 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12885
12886 return 1;
12887 }
12888
12889 static enum print_stop_action
12890 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12891 {
12892 struct breakpoint *b;
12893 const struct bp_location *bl;
12894 int bp_temp;
12895 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12896
12897 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
12898
12899 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
12900 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12901
12902 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
12903 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
12904 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
12905 bl->address,
12906 b->number, 1);
12907 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
12908 if (bp_temp)
12909 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12910 else
12911 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
12912 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
12913 {
12914 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
12915 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
12916 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
12917 }
12918 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
12919 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
12920
12921 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
12922 }
12923
12924 static void
12925 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12926 {
12927 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
12928 return;
12929
12930 switch (b->type)
12931 {
12932 case bp_breakpoint:
12933 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
12934 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
12935 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12936 else
12937 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12938 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12939 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
12940 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12941 break;
12942 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
12943 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
12944 break;
12945 case bp_dprintf:
12946 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
12947 break;
12948 }
12949
12950 say_where (b);
12951 }
12952
12953 static void
12954 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
12955 {
12956 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12957 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
12958 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
12959 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
12960 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
12961 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12962 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
12963 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12964 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
12965 else
12966 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12967 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
12968
12969 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
12970 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
12971 }
12972
12973 static void
12974 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12975 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12976 enum bptype type_wanted,
12977 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12978 {
12979 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
12980 addr_start, copy_arg);
12981 }
12982
12983 static void
12984 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12985 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12986 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12987 char *cond_string,
12988 char *extra_string,
12989 enum bptype type_wanted,
12990 enum bpdisp disposition,
12991 int thread,
12992 int task, int ignore_count,
12993 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12994 int from_tty, int enabled,
12995 int internal, unsigned flags)
12996 {
12997 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
12998 cond_string, extra_string,
12999 type_wanted,
13000 disposition, thread, task,
13001 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13002 enabled, internal, flags);
13003 }
13004
13005 static void
13006 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13007 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13008 {
13009 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13010 }
13011
13012 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13013
13014 static void
13015 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13016 {
13017 switch (b->type)
13018 {
13019 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13020 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13021 case bp_overlay_event:
13022 case bp_longjmp_master:
13023 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13024 case bp_exception_master:
13025 delete_breakpoint (b);
13026 break;
13027
13028 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13029 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13030 case bp_shlib_event:
13031
13032 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13033 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13034 case bp_thread_event:
13035 break;
13036 }
13037 }
13038
13039 static void
13040 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13041 {
13042 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13043 {
13044 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13045 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13046 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13047 objects (among other things). */
13048 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13049 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13050 }
13051 else
13052 bs->stop = 0;
13053 }
13054
13055 static enum print_stop_action
13056 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13057 {
13058 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13059 struct breakpoint *b;
13060
13061 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13062
13063 switch (b->type)
13064 {
13065 case bp_shlib_event:
13066 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13067 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13068 to shlib event" message.) */
13069 print_solib_event (0);
13070 break;
13071
13072 case bp_thread_event:
13073 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13074 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13075 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13076 break;
13077
13078 case bp_overlay_event:
13079 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13080 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13081 break;
13082
13083 case bp_longjmp_master:
13084 /* These should never be enabled. */
13085 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13086 break;
13087
13088 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13089 /* These should never be enabled. */
13090 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13091 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13092 break;
13093
13094 case bp_exception_master:
13095 /* These should never be enabled. */
13096 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13097 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13098 break;
13099 }
13100
13101 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13102 }
13103
13104 static void
13105 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13106 {
13107 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13108 }
13109
13110 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13111
13112 static void
13113 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13114 {
13115 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13116 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
13117 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13118 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13119 }
13120
13121 static void
13122 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13123 {
13124 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13125 }
13126
13127 static enum print_stop_action
13128 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13129 {
13130 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13131
13132 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13133 {
13134 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13135
13136 switch (b->type)
13137 {
13138 case bp_finish:
13139 ui_out_field_string
13140 (uiout, "reason",
13141 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13142 break;
13143
13144 case bp_until:
13145 ui_out_field_string
13146 (uiout, "reason",
13147 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13148 break;
13149 }
13150 }
13151
13152 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13153 }
13154
13155 static void
13156 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13157 {
13158 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13159 }
13160
13161 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13162
13163 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13164 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13165
13166 static void
13167 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13168 {
13169 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13170
13171 if (tp)
13172 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13173
13174 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13175 }
13176
13177 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13178
13179 static int
13180 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13181 {
13182 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13183
13184 if (v == 0)
13185 {
13186 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13187 if needed. */
13188 bl->probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13189 }
13190
13191 return v;
13192 }
13193
13194 static int
13195 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13196 {
13197 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13198 bl->probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13199
13200 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13201 }
13202
13203 static void
13204 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13205 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13206 enum bptype type_wanted,
13207 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13208 {
13209 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13210
13211 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13212
13213 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13214 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13215
13216 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13217 }
13218
13219 static void
13220 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13221 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13222 {
13223 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13224 if (!sals->sals)
13225 error (_("probe not found"));
13226 }
13227
13228 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13229
13230 static void
13231 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13232 {
13233 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13234 }
13235
13236 static int
13237 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13238 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13239 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13240 {
13241 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13242 tracepoints. */
13243 return 0;
13244 }
13245
13246 static void
13247 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13248 struct ui_out *uiout)
13249 {
13250 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13251 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13252 {
13253 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13254
13255 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13256 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13257 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13258 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13259 }
13260 }
13261
13262 static void
13263 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13264 {
13265 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13266 return;
13267
13268 switch (b->type)
13269 {
13270 case bp_tracepoint:
13271 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13272 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13273 break;
13274 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13275 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13276 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13277 break;
13278 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13279 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13280 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13281 break;
13282 default:
13283 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13284 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13285 }
13286
13287 say_where (b);
13288 }
13289
13290 static void
13291 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13292 {
13293 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13294
13295 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13296 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13297 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13298 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13299 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13300 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13301 else
13302 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13303 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13304
13305 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13306 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13307
13308 if (tp->pass_count)
13309 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13310 }
13311
13312 static void
13313 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13314 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13315 enum bptype type_wanted,
13316 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13317 {
13318 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13319 addr_start, copy_arg);
13320 }
13321
13322 static void
13323 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13324 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13325 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13326 char *cond_string,
13327 char *extra_string,
13328 enum bptype type_wanted,
13329 enum bpdisp disposition,
13330 int thread,
13331 int task, int ignore_count,
13332 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13333 int from_tty, int enabled,
13334 int internal, unsigned flags)
13335 {
13336 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13337 cond_string, extra_string,
13338 type_wanted,
13339 disposition, thread, task,
13340 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13341 enabled, internal, flags);
13342 }
13343
13344 static void
13345 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13346 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13347 {
13348 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13349 }
13350
13351 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13352
13353 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13354 static probe. */
13355
13356 static void
13357 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13358 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13359 enum bptype type_wanted,
13360 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13361 {
13362 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13363 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13364 addr_start, copy_arg);
13365 }
13366
13367 static void
13368 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13369 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13370 {
13371 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13372 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13373 }
13374
13375 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13376
13377 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13378 markers (`-m'). */
13379
13380 static void
13381 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13382 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13383 enum bptype type_wanted,
13384 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13385 {
13386 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13387
13388 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13389
13390 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13391
13392 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13393 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13394 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13395 }
13396
13397 static void
13398 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13399 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13400 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13401 char *cond_string,
13402 char *extra_string,
13403 enum bptype type_wanted,
13404 enum bpdisp disposition,
13405 int thread,
13406 int task, int ignore_count,
13407 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13408 int from_tty, int enabled,
13409 int internal, unsigned flags)
13410 {
13411 int i;
13412
13413 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13414 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13415 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13416 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13417 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13418 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13419
13420 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13421 {
13422 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13423 struct tracepoint *tp;
13424 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13425 char *addr_string;
13426
13427 expanded.nelts = 1;
13428 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13429
13430 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13431 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13432
13433 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13434 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13435 addr_string, NULL,
13436 cond_string, extra_string,
13437 type_wanted, disposition,
13438 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13439 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13440 canonical->special_display);
13441 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13442 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13443 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13444 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13445 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13446 corresponds to this one */
13447 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13448
13449 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13450
13451 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13452 }
13453 }
13454
13455 static void
13456 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13457 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13458 {
13459 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13460
13461 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13462 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13463 {
13464 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13465 sals->nelts = 1;
13466 }
13467 else
13468 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13469 }
13470
13471 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13472
13473 static int
13474 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13475 {
13476 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13477 }
13478
13479 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13480 structures. */
13481
13482 void
13483 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13484 {
13485 struct breakpoint *b;
13486
13487 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13488
13489 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13490 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13491 especial culprits.
13492
13493 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13494 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13495 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13496 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13497 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13498 deleted.
13499
13500 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13501 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13502 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13503 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13504 was chosen. */
13505 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13506 return;
13507
13508 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13509 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13510 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13511 {
13512 struct breakpoint *related;
13513 struct watchpoint *w;
13514
13515 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13516 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13517 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13518 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13519 else
13520 w = NULL;
13521 if (w != NULL)
13522 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13523
13524 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13525 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13526 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13527 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13528 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13529 }
13530
13531 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13532 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13533 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13534 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13535 if (bpt->number)
13536 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13537
13538 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13539 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13540
13541 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13542 if (b->next == bpt)
13543 {
13544 b->next = bpt->next;
13545 break;
13546 }
13547
13548 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13549 been freed. */
13550 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13551 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13552 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13553 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13554 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13555 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13556 commands won't work. */
13557
13558 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13559
13560 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13561 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13562 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13563 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13564 might be better design to have location completely
13565 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13566 update_global_location_list (0);
13567
13568 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13569 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13570 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13571 bpt->type = bp_none;
13572 xfree (bpt);
13573 }
13574
13575 static void
13576 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13577 {
13578 delete_breakpoint (b);
13579 }
13580
13581 struct cleanup *
13582 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13583 {
13584 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13585 }
13586
13587 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13588 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13589
13590 static void
13591 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13592 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13593 void *),
13594 void *data)
13595 {
13596 struct breakpoint *related;
13597
13598 related = b;
13599 do
13600 {
13601 struct breakpoint *next;
13602
13603 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13604 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13605
13606 if (next == related)
13607 {
13608 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13609 function (related, data);
13610
13611 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13612 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13613 out. */
13614 break;
13615 }
13616 else
13617 function (related, data);
13618
13619 related = next;
13620 }
13621 while (related != b);
13622 }
13623
13624 static void
13625 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13626 {
13627 delete_breakpoint (b);
13628 }
13629
13630 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13631 delete_breakpoint. */
13632
13633 static void
13634 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13635 {
13636 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13637 }
13638
13639 void
13640 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13641 {
13642 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13643
13644 dont_repeat ();
13645
13646 if (arg == 0)
13647 {
13648 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13649
13650 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13651 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13652 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13653 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13654 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13655 {
13656 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13657 break;
13658 }
13659
13660 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13661 if (!from_tty
13662 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13663 {
13664 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13665 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13666 delete_breakpoint (b);
13667 }
13668 }
13669 else
13670 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13671 }
13672
13673 static int
13674 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13675 {
13676 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13677 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13678 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13679 return 0;
13680 return 1;
13681 }
13682
13683 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13684 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13685 Null names are ignored. */
13686
13687 static int
13688 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13689 {
13690 struct bp_location *l;
13691 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13692 (int (*) (const void *,
13693 const void *)) streq,
13694 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13695
13696 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13697 {
13698 const char **slot;
13699 const char *name = l->function_name;
13700
13701 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13702 if (name == NULL)
13703 continue;
13704
13705 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13706 INSERT);
13707 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13708 returns NULL. */
13709 if (*slot != NULL)
13710 {
13711 htab_delete (htab);
13712 return 1;
13713 }
13714 *slot = name;
13715 }
13716
13717 htab_delete (htab);
13718 return 0;
13719 }
13720
13721 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13722 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13723 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13724 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13725 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13726 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13727 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13728 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13729 The heuristic is:
13730
13731 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13732 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13733 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13734 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13735 in the sources, and output a warning.
13736
13737 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13738 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13739 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13740 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13741 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13742 warning.
13743
13744 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13745 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13746 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13747 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13748 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13749 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13750 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13751 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13752 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13753
13754 static struct symtab_and_line
13755 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13756 {
13757 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13758 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13759 CORE_ADDR pc;
13760
13761 pc = sal.pc;
13762 if (sal.line)
13763 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13764
13765 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13766 {
13767 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13768 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13769 b->number,
13770 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13771
13772 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13773 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13774 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13775
13776 return sal;
13777 }
13778
13779 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13780 by string ID. */
13781 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13782 && sal.line != 0
13783 && sal.symtab != NULL
13784 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13785 {
13786 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13787
13788 markers
13789 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13790
13791 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13792 {
13793 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
13794 struct symbol *sym;
13795 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13796 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13797
13798 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
13799
13800 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13801 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
13802
13803 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13804 "found at previous line number"),
13805 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13806
13807 init_sal (&sal2);
13808
13809 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
13810
13811 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13812 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13813 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
13814 if (sym)
13815 {
13816 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
13817 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13818 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
13819 }
13820 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal2.symtab->filename);
13821 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
13822
13823 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13824 {
13825 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13826
13827 if (fullname)
13828 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
13829 }
13830
13831 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
13832 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13833
13834 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13835
13836 xfree (b->loc->source_file);
13837 if (sym)
13838 b->loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal2.symtab->filename);
13839 else
13840 b->loc->source_file = NULL;
13841
13842 xfree (b->addr_string);
13843 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13844 sal2.symtab->filename,
13845 b->loc->line_number);
13846
13847 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13848 so. */
13849
13850 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
13851 }
13852 }
13853 return sal;
13854 }
13855
13856 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13857 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13858
13859 static int
13860 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13861 {
13862 while (a && b)
13863 {
13864 if (a->address != b->address)
13865 return 0;
13866
13867 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13868 return 0;
13869
13870 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13871 return 0;
13872
13873 a = a->next;
13874 b = b->next;
13875 }
13876
13877 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
13878 return 0;
13879
13880 return 1;
13881 }
13882
13883 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13884 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13885 a ranged breakpoint. */
13886
13887 void
13888 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
13889 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
13890 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
13891 {
13892 int i;
13893 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
13894
13895 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
13896 {
13897 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13898 location. */
13899 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13900 update_global_location_list (1);
13901 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13902 "multiple locations found\n"),
13903 b->number);
13904 return;
13905 }
13906
13907 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13908 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13909 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13910 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13911 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13912 individual locations. */
13913 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
13914 return;
13915
13916 b->loc = NULL;
13917
13918 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
13919 {
13920 struct bp_location *new_loc;
13921
13922 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
13923
13924 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
13925
13926 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13927 old symtab. */
13928 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
13929 {
13930 char *s;
13931 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
13932
13933 s = b->cond_string;
13934 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13935 {
13936 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
13937 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
13938 0);
13939 }
13940 if (e.reason < 0)
13941 {
13942 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13943 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13944 b->number, e.message);
13945 new_loc->enabled = 0;
13946 }
13947 }
13948
13949 if (sals_end.nelts)
13950 {
13951 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
13952
13953 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
13954 }
13955 }
13956
13957 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
13958 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
13959 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
13960
13961 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13962 breakpoints. */
13963 {
13964 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
13965 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13966 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13967 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13968 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13969 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13970 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
13971
13972 for (; e; e = e->next)
13973 {
13974 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
13975 {
13976 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
13977 if (have_ambiguous_names)
13978 {
13979 for (; l; l = l->next)
13980 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
13981 {
13982 l->enabled = 0;
13983 break;
13984 }
13985 }
13986 else
13987 {
13988 for (; l; l = l->next)
13989 if (l->function_name
13990 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
13991 {
13992 l->enabled = 0;
13993 break;
13994 }
13995 }
13996 }
13997 }
13998 }
13999
14000 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14001 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14002
14003 update_global_location_list (1);
14004 }
14005
14006 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14007 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14008
14009 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14010 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14011 {
14012 char *s;
14013 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14014 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14015
14016 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14017 s = addr_string;
14018
14019 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14020 {
14021 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14022 }
14023 if (e.reason < 0)
14024 {
14025 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14026 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14027 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14028 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14029 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14030 state, then user already saw the message about that
14031 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14032 errors. */
14033 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14034 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14035 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14036 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14037 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14038 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14039
14040 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14041 {
14042 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14043 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14044 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14045 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14046 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14047 which approach is better. */
14048 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14049 throw_exception (e);
14050 }
14051 }
14052
14053 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14054 {
14055 int i;
14056
14057 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14058 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14059 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14060 {
14061 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14062 int thread, task;
14063
14064 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14065 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14066 &extra_string);
14067 if (cond_string)
14068 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14069 b->thread = thread;
14070 b->task = task;
14071 if (extra_string)
14072 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14073 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14074 }
14075
14076 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14077 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14078
14079 *found = 1;
14080 }
14081 else
14082 *found = 0;
14083
14084 return sals;
14085 }
14086
14087 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14088 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14089 locations. */
14090
14091 static void
14092 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14093 {
14094 int found;
14095 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14096 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14097 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14098
14099 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14100 if (found)
14101 {
14102 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14103 expanded = sals;
14104 }
14105
14106 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14107 {
14108 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14109 if (found)
14110 {
14111 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14112 expanded_end = sals_end;
14113 }
14114 }
14115
14116 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14117 }
14118
14119 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14120 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14121
14122 static void
14123 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14124 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14125 enum bptype type_wanted,
14126 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14127 {
14128 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14129 }
14130
14131 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14132 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14133 breakpoint_ops. */
14134
14135 static void
14136 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14137 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14138 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
14139 char *cond_string,
14140 char *extra_string,
14141 enum bptype type_wanted,
14142 enum bpdisp disposition,
14143 int thread,
14144 int task, int ignore_count,
14145 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14146 int from_tty, int enabled,
14147 int internal, unsigned flags)
14148 {
14149 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14150 extra_string,
14151 type_wanted, disposition,
14152 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14153 enabled, internal, flags);
14154 }
14155
14156 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14157 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14158
14159 static void
14160 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14161 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14162 {
14163 struct linespec_result canonical;
14164
14165 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14166 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14167 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14168 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14169 b->filter);
14170
14171 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14172 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14173
14174 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14175 {
14176 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14177
14178 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14179 *sals = lsal->sals;
14180 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14181 contents. */
14182 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14183 }
14184
14185 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14186 }
14187
14188 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14189
14190 static struct cleanup *
14191 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14192 {
14193 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14194
14195 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14196 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14197 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14198 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14199 set_language (b->language);
14200
14201 return cleanups;
14202 }
14203
14204 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14205 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14206 Unused in this case. */
14207
14208 static int
14209 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14210 {
14211 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14212 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14213 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14214
14215 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14216 b->ops->re_set (b);
14217 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14218 return 0;
14219 }
14220
14221 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14222 void
14223 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14224 {
14225 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14226 enum language save_language;
14227 int save_input_radix;
14228 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14229
14230 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14231 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14232 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14233
14234 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14235 {
14236 /* Format possible error msg. */
14237 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14238 b->number);
14239 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14240 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14241 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14242 }
14243 set_language (save_language);
14244 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14245
14246 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14247
14248 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14249
14250 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14251 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14252 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14253 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14254
14255 /* While we're at it, reset the skip list too. */
14256 skip_re_set ();
14257 }
14258 \f
14259 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14260
14261 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14262 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14263 void
14264 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14265 {
14266 if (b->thread != -1)
14267 {
14268 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14269 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14270
14271 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14272 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14273 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14274 as well. */
14275 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14276 }
14277 }
14278
14279 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14280 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14281 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14282
14283 void
14284 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14285 {
14286 struct breakpoint *b;
14287
14288 if (count < 0)
14289 count = 0;
14290
14291 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14292 if (b->number == bptnum)
14293 {
14294 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14295 {
14296 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14297 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14298 bptnum);
14299 return;
14300 }
14301
14302 b->ignore_count = count;
14303 if (from_tty)
14304 {
14305 if (count == 0)
14306 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14307 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14308 bptnum);
14309 else if (count == 1)
14310 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14311 bptnum);
14312 else
14313 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14314 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14315 count, bptnum);
14316 }
14317 breakpoints_changed ();
14318 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14319 return;
14320 }
14321
14322 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14323 }
14324
14325 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14326
14327 static void
14328 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14329 {
14330 char *p = args;
14331 int num;
14332
14333 if (p == 0)
14334 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14335
14336 num = get_number (&p);
14337 if (num == 0)
14338 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14339 if (*p == 0)
14340 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14341
14342 set_ignore_count (num,
14343 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14344 from_tty);
14345 if (from_tty)
14346 printf_filtered ("\n");
14347 }
14348 \f
14349 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14350 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14351
14352 static void
14353 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14354 void *),
14355 void *data)
14356 {
14357 int num;
14358 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14359 int match;
14360 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14361
14362 if (args == 0)
14363 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14364
14365 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14366
14367 while (!state.finished)
14368 {
14369 char *p = state.string;
14370
14371 match = 0;
14372
14373 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14374 if (num == 0)
14375 {
14376 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14377 }
14378 else
14379 {
14380 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14381 if (b->number == num)
14382 {
14383 match = 1;
14384 function (b, data);
14385 break;
14386 }
14387 if (match == 0)
14388 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14389 }
14390 }
14391 }
14392
14393 static struct bp_location *
14394 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14395 {
14396 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14397 char *p1;
14398 int bp_num;
14399 int loc_num;
14400 struct breakpoint *b;
14401 struct bp_location *loc;
14402
14403 *dot = '\0';
14404
14405 p1 = number;
14406 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14407 if (bp_num == 0)
14408 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14409
14410 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14411 if (b->number == bp_num)
14412 {
14413 break;
14414 }
14415
14416 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14417 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14418
14419 p1 = dot+1;
14420 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14421 if (loc_num == 0)
14422 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14423
14424 --loc_num;
14425 loc = b->loc;
14426 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14427 ;
14428 if (!loc)
14429 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14430
14431 return loc;
14432 }
14433
14434
14435 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14436 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14437 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14438
14439 void
14440 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14441 {
14442 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14443 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14444 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14445 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14446 return;
14447
14448 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14449 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14450 return;
14451
14452 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14453
14454 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14455 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14456
14457 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14458 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14459 {
14460 struct bp_location *location;
14461
14462 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14463 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14464 }
14465
14466 update_global_location_list (0);
14467
14468 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14469 }
14470
14471 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14472
14473 static void
14474 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14475 {
14476 disable_breakpoint (b);
14477 }
14478
14479 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14480 disable_breakpoint. */
14481
14482 static void
14483 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14484 {
14485 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14486 }
14487
14488 static void
14489 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14490 {
14491 if (args == 0)
14492 {
14493 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14494
14495 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14496 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14497 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14498 }
14499 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14500 {
14501 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14502 if (loc)
14503 {
14504 if (loc->enabled)
14505 {
14506 loc->enabled = 0;
14507 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14508 }
14509 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14510 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14511 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14512 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14513 }
14514 update_global_location_list (0);
14515 }
14516 else
14517 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14518 }
14519
14520 static void
14521 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14522 int count)
14523 {
14524 int target_resources_ok;
14525
14526 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14527 {
14528 int i;
14529 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14530 target_resources_ok =
14531 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14532 i + 1, 0);
14533 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14534 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14535 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14536 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14537 }
14538
14539 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14540 {
14541 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14542 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14543 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14544
14545 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14546 {
14547 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14548
14549 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14550 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14551 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14552 }
14553 if (e.reason < 0)
14554 {
14555 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14556 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14557 bpt->number);
14558 return;
14559 }
14560 }
14561
14562 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14563 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14564
14565 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14566
14567 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14568 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14569
14570 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14571 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14572 {
14573 struct bp_location *location;
14574
14575 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14576 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14577 }
14578
14579 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14580 bpt->enable_count = count;
14581 update_global_location_list (1);
14582 breakpoints_changed ();
14583
14584 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14585 }
14586
14587
14588 void
14589 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14590 {
14591 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14592 }
14593
14594 static void
14595 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14596 {
14597 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14598 }
14599
14600 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14601 enable_breakpoint. */
14602
14603 static void
14604 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14605 {
14606 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14607 }
14608
14609 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14610 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14611 in stopping the inferior. */
14612
14613 static void
14614 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14615 {
14616 if (args == 0)
14617 {
14618 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14619
14620 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14621 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14622 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14623 }
14624 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14625 {
14626 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14627 if (loc)
14628 {
14629 if (!loc->enabled)
14630 {
14631 loc->enabled = 1;
14632 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14633 }
14634 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14635 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14636 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14637 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14638 }
14639 update_global_location_list (1);
14640 }
14641 else
14642 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14643 }
14644
14645 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14646 breakpoints. */
14647
14648 struct disp_data
14649 {
14650 enum bpdisp disp;
14651 int count;
14652 };
14653
14654 static void
14655 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14656 {
14657 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14658
14659 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14660 }
14661
14662 static void
14663 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14664 {
14665 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14666
14667 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14668 }
14669
14670 static void
14671 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14672 {
14673 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14674 }
14675
14676 static void
14677 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14678 {
14679 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14680
14681 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14682 }
14683
14684 static void
14685 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14686 {
14687 int count = get_number (&args);
14688
14689 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14690 }
14691
14692 static void
14693 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14694 {
14695 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14696
14697 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14698 }
14699
14700 static void
14701 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14702 {
14703 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14704 }
14705 \f
14706 static void
14707 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14708 {
14709 }
14710
14711 static void
14712 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14713 {
14714 }
14715
14716 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14717 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14718 GDB itself. */
14719
14720 static void
14721 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14722 const bfd_byte *data)
14723 {
14724 struct breakpoint *bp;
14725
14726 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14727 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14728 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14729 {
14730 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14731
14732 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14733 {
14734 struct bp_location *loc;
14735
14736 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14737 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14738 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14739 && addr + len > loc->address)
14740 {
14741 value_free (wp->val);
14742 wp->val = NULL;
14743 wp->val_valid = 0;
14744 }
14745 }
14746 }
14747 }
14748
14749 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14750 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14751 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14752 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14753 someday. */
14754
14755 void *
14756 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14757 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
14758 {
14759 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
14760
14761 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
14762
14763 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
14764 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
14765
14766 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
14767 {
14768 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14769 xfree (bp_tgt);
14770 return NULL;
14771 }
14772
14773 return bp_tgt;
14774 }
14775
14776 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14777 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14778
14779 int
14780 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
14781 {
14782 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
14783 int ret;
14784
14785 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
14786 xfree (bp_tgt);
14787
14788 return ret;
14789 }
14790
14791 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14792 stepping. */
14793
14794 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
14795 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
14796
14797 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14798
14799 void
14800 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14801 struct address_space *aspace,
14802 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
14803 {
14804 void **bpt_p;
14805
14806 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
14807 {
14808 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
14809 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
14810 }
14811 else
14812 {
14813 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
14814 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
14815 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
14816 }
14817
14818 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14819 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14820 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14821 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14822 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14823 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14824
14825 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
14826 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
14827 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14828 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
14829 }
14830
14831 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14832 were inserted or not. */
14833
14834 int
14835 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14836 {
14837 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
14838 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
14839 }
14840
14841 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14842
14843 void
14844 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14845 {
14846 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
14847
14848 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14849 call. */
14850 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
14851 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
14852 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
14853 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
14854
14855 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
14856 {
14857 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
14858 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
14859 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
14860 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
14861 }
14862 }
14863
14864 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14865 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14866 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14867 exec. */
14868
14869 void
14870 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14871 {
14872 int i;
14873
14874 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14875 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14876 {
14877 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14878 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
14879 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
14880 }
14881 }
14882
14883 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14884 removing them. */
14885
14886 static void
14887 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14888 {
14889 int i;
14890
14891 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14892 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14893 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
14894 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14895 }
14896
14897 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14898 PC. */
14899
14900 static int
14901 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
14902 CORE_ADDR pc)
14903 {
14904 int i;
14905
14906 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14907 {
14908 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
14909 if (bp_tgt
14910 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
14911 bp_tgt->placed_address,
14912 aspace, pc))
14913 return 1;
14914 }
14915
14916 return 0;
14917 }
14918
14919 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
14920 non-zero otherwise. */
14921 static int
14922 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
14923 {
14924 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
14925 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
14926 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
14927 return 1;
14928 else
14929 return 0;
14930 }
14931
14932 int
14933 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
14934 {
14935 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
14936 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
14937
14938 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
14939 }
14940
14941 int
14942 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
14943 {
14944 struct breakpoint *bp;
14945
14946 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14947 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
14948 {
14949 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
14950
14951 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
14952 {
14953 int i, iter;
14954 for (i = 0;
14955 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
14956 i++)
14957 if (syscall_number == iter)
14958 return 1;
14959 }
14960 else
14961 return 1;
14962 }
14963
14964 return 0;
14965 }
14966
14967 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
14968 static VEC (char_ptr) *
14969 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
14970 char *text, char *word)
14971 {
14972 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
14973 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
14974 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, text, word);
14975
14976 xfree (list);
14977 return retlist;
14978 }
14979
14980 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14981
14982 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14983 static void
14984 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
14985 {
14986 tracepoint_count = num;
14987 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
14988 }
14989
14990 static void
14991 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14992 {
14993 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14994 const char *arg_cp = arg;
14995
14996 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
14997 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
14998 else
14999 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15000
15001 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15002 arg,
15003 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15004 0 /* tempflag */,
15005 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15006 0 /* Ignore count */,
15007 pending_break_support,
15008 ops,
15009 from_tty,
15010 1 /* enabled */,
15011 0 /* internal */, 0))
15012 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
15013 }
15014
15015 static void
15016 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15017 {
15018 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15019 arg,
15020 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15021 0 /* tempflag */,
15022 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15023 0 /* Ignore count */,
15024 pending_break_support,
15025 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15026 from_tty,
15027 1 /* enabled */,
15028 0 /* internal */, 0))
15029 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
15030 }
15031
15032 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15033
15034 static void
15035 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15036 {
15037 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15038
15039 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15040 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15041 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15042 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15043 else
15044 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15045
15046 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15047 arg,
15048 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15049 0 /* tempflag */,
15050 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15051 0 /* Ignore count */,
15052 pending_break_support,
15053 ops,
15054 from_tty,
15055 1 /* enabled */,
15056 0 /* internal */, 0))
15057 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
15058 }
15059
15060 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15061 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15062
15063 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15064 static int next_cmd;
15065
15066 static char *
15067 read_uploaded_action (void)
15068 {
15069 char *rslt;
15070
15071 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15072
15073 next_cmd++;
15074
15075 return rslt;
15076 }
15077
15078 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15079 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15080 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15081 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15082 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15083
15084 struct tracepoint *
15085 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15086 {
15087 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15088 struct tracepoint *tp;
15089
15090 if (utp->at_string)
15091 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15092 else
15093 {
15094 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15095 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15096 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15097 user. */
15098 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15099 "source location, using raw address"),
15100 utp->number);
15101 sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15102 addr_str = small_buf;
15103 }
15104
15105 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15106 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15107 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15108 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15109 utp->number);
15110
15111 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15112 addr_str,
15113 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15114 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15115 0 /* tempflag */,
15116 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15117 0 /* Ignore count */,
15118 pending_break_support,
15119 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15120 0 /* from_tty */,
15121 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15122 0 /* internal */,
15123 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15124 return NULL;
15125
15126 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
15127
15128 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15129 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15130 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15131
15132 if (utp->pass > 0)
15133 {
15134 sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->base.number);
15135
15136 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15137 }
15138
15139 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15140 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15141 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15142 function. */
15143 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15144 {
15145 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15146
15147 this_utp = utp;
15148 next_cmd = 0;
15149
15150 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15151
15152 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15153 }
15154 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15155 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15156 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15157 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15158 utp->number);
15159
15160 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15161 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15162 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15163
15164 return tp;
15165 }
15166
15167 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15168 omitted. */
15169
15170 static void
15171 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15172 {
15173 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15174 int num_printed;
15175
15176 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15177
15178 if (num_printed == 0)
15179 {
15180 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15181 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15182 else
15183 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15184 }
15185
15186 default_collect_info ();
15187 }
15188
15189 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15190 Not supported by all targets. */
15191 static void
15192 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15193 {
15194 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15195 }
15196
15197 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15198 Not supported by all targets. */
15199 static void
15200 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15201 {
15202 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15203 }
15204
15205 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15206 static void
15207 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15208 {
15209 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15210
15211 dont_repeat ();
15212
15213 if (arg == 0)
15214 {
15215 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15216
15217 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15218 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15219 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15220 argument. */
15221 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15222 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15223 {
15224 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15225 break;
15226 }
15227
15228 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15229 if (!from_tty
15230 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15231 {
15232 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15233 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15234 delete_breakpoint (b);
15235 }
15236 }
15237 else
15238 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15239 }
15240
15241 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15242
15243 static void
15244 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15245 {
15246 tp->pass_count = count;
15247 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (tp->base.number);
15248 if (from_tty)
15249 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15250 tp->base.number, count);
15251 }
15252
15253 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15254
15255 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15256 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15257 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15258
15259 static void
15260 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15261 {
15262 struct tracepoint *t1;
15263 unsigned int count;
15264
15265 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15266 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15267 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15268
15269 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15270
15271 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
15272 args++;
15273
15274 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15275 {
15276 struct breakpoint *b;
15277
15278 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15279 if (*args)
15280 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15281
15282 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15283 {
15284 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15285 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15286 }
15287 }
15288 else if (*args == '\0')
15289 {
15290 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
15291 if (t1)
15292 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15293 }
15294 else
15295 {
15296 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15297
15298 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15299 while (!state.finished)
15300 {
15301 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
15302 if (t1)
15303 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15304 }
15305 }
15306 }
15307
15308 struct tracepoint *
15309 get_tracepoint (int num)
15310 {
15311 struct breakpoint *t;
15312
15313 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15314 if (t->number == num)
15315 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15316
15317 return NULL;
15318 }
15319
15320 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15321 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15322 reconnecting). */
15323
15324 struct tracepoint *
15325 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15326 {
15327 struct breakpoint *b;
15328
15329 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15330 {
15331 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15332
15333 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15334 return t;
15335 }
15336
15337 return NULL;
15338 }
15339
15340 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15341 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15342 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15343 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15344 struct tracepoint *
15345 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15346 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
15347 int optional_p)
15348 {
15349 extern int tracepoint_count;
15350 struct breakpoint *t;
15351 int tpnum;
15352 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15353
15354 if (state)
15355 {
15356 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15357 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15358 }
15359 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15360 {
15361 if (optional_p)
15362 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15363 else
15364 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15365 }
15366 else
15367 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15368
15369 if (tpnum <= 0)
15370 {
15371 if (instring && *instring)
15372 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15373 instring);
15374 else
15375 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15376 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15377 return NULL;
15378 }
15379
15380 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15381 if (t->number == tpnum)
15382 {
15383 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15384 }
15385
15386 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15387 return NULL;
15388 }
15389
15390 void
15391 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15392 {
15393 if (b->thread != -1)
15394 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15395
15396 if (b->task != 0)
15397 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15398
15399 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15400 }
15401
15402 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15403 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15404 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15405 non-zero. */
15406
15407 static void
15408 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15409 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15410 {
15411 struct breakpoint *tp;
15412 int any = 0;
15413 char *pathname;
15414 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15415 struct ui_file *fp;
15416 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15417
15418 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15419 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15420
15421 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15422 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15423 {
15424 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15425 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15426 continue;
15427
15428 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15429 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15430 continue;
15431
15432 any = 1;
15433
15434 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15435 {
15436 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15437
15438 /* We can stop searching. */
15439 break;
15440 }
15441 }
15442
15443 if (!any)
15444 {
15445 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15446 return;
15447 }
15448
15449 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
15450 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
15451 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
15452 if (!fp)
15453 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15454 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15455 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15456
15457 if (extra_trace_bits)
15458 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15459
15460 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15461 {
15462 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15463 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15464 continue;
15465
15466 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15467 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15468 continue;
15469
15470 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15471
15472 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15473 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15474 instead. */
15475
15476 if (tp->cond_string)
15477 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15478
15479 if (tp->ignore_count)
15480 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15481
15482 if (tp->commands)
15483 {
15484 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15485
15486 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15487
15488 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15489 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15490 {
15491 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15492 }
15493 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15494
15495 if (ex.reason < 0)
15496 throw_exception (ex);
15497
15498 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15499 }
15500
15501 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15502 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15503
15504 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15505 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15506 special, and not user visible. */
15507 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15508 {
15509 struct bp_location *loc;
15510 int n = 1;
15511
15512 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15513 if (!loc->enabled)
15514 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15515 }
15516 }
15517
15518 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15519 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15520
15521 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15522 if (from_tty)
15523 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15524 }
15525
15526 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15527
15528 static void
15529 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15530 {
15531 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15532 }
15533
15534 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15535
15536 static void
15537 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15538 {
15539 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15540 }
15541
15542 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15543
15544 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15545 all_tracepoints (void)
15546 {
15547 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15548 struct breakpoint *tp;
15549
15550 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15551 {
15552 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15553 }
15554
15555 return tp_vec;
15556 }
15557
15558 \f
15559 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15560 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15561 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15562 command. */
15563 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15564 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15565 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15566 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15567 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15568 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15569 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15570 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15571 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15572 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15573 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15574 \n\
15575 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15576 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15577 \n\
15578 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15579 conditions are different.\n\
15580 \n\
15581 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15582
15583 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15584 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15585
15586 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15587 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15588
15589 void
15590 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15591 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15592 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15593 completer_ftype *completer,
15594 void *user_data_catch,
15595 void *user_data_tcatch)
15596 {
15597 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15598
15599 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15600 &catch_cmdlist);
15601 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15602 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15603 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15604
15605 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15606 &tcatch_cmdlist);
15607 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15608 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15609 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15610 }
15611
15612 static void
15613 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15614 {
15615 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15616 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15617
15618 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15619 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15620 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15621 }
15622
15623 static void
15624 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15625 {
15626 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15627 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15628 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15629 }
15630
15631 struct breakpoint *
15632 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15633 void *data)
15634 {
15635 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15636
15637 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15638 {
15639 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15640 return b;
15641 }
15642
15643 return NULL;
15644 }
15645
15646 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15647 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15648
15649 static int
15650 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15651 {
15652 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15653 non-inline function. */
15654 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15655 return 1;
15656
15657 return 0;
15658 }
15659
15660 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15661 have been inlined. */
15662
15663 int
15664 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15665 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15666 {
15667 struct breakpoint *b;
15668 struct bp_location *bl;
15669
15670 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15671 {
15672 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15673 continue;
15674
15675 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15676 {
15677 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15678 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15679 return 1;
15680 }
15681 }
15682
15683 return 0;
15684 }
15685
15686 void
15687 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15688 {
15689 static int initialized = 0;
15690
15691 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15692
15693 if (initialized)
15694 return;
15695 initialized = 1;
15696
15697 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15698 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15699 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15700 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15701 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15702 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15703 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15704 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15705 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15706 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
15707 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15708 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
15709
15710 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15711 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15712 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15713 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15714 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15715 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15716 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15717 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15718
15719 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15720 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15721 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15722 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15723 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15724 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15725 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15726 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15727 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15728 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15729
15730 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15731 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15732 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15733 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15734 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15735 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15736 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15737
15738 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15739 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15740 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15741 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15742 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15743 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15744 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15745
15746 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15747 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
15748 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15749 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
15750
15751 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15752 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15753 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15754 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15755 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15756 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15757 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
15758
15759 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15760 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
15761 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15762 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
15763 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
15764 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
15765 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
15766
15767 /* Watchpoints. */
15768 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15769 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15770 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
15771 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15772 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15773 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15774 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15775 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15776 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15777 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15778 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15779 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15780 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15781
15782 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15783 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15784 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15785 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15786 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15787 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15788 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15789 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15790 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15791 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15792 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15793
15794 /* Tracepoints. */
15795 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15796 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15797 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15798 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15799 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15800 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15801 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15802 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
15803 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15804 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
15805
15806 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15807 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15808 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15809 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15810 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
15811
15812 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15813 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15814 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15815 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
15816 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15817 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
15818
15819 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15820 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15821 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15822 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15823 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15824 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15825 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15826 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15827 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15828 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15829
15830 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15831 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15832 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15833 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15834 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15835 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15836 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15837 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15838 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15839 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15840
15841 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15842 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15843 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15844 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
15845 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15846 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15847 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15848 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15849 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15850 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15851 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15852
15853 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15854 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
15855 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15856 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
15857 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
15858 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
15859 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
15860 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
15861 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
15862 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
15863 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
15864
15865 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15866 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15867 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15868 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
15869 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15870 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15871 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15872 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15873 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15874 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15875 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15876 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15877
15878 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15879 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15880 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15881 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15882 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15883 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15884 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15885 }
15886
15887 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15888
15889 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
15890
15891 void
15892 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15893 {
15894 struct cmd_list_element *c;
15895
15896 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15897
15898 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
15899 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
15900 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
15901
15902 breakpoint_objfile_key
15903 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
15904
15905 catch_syscall_inferior_data
15906 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
15907 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
15908
15909 breakpoint_chain = 0;
15910 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15911 before a breakpoint is set. */
15912 breakpoint_count = 0;
15913
15914 tracepoint_count = 0;
15915
15916 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
15917 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15918 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15919 if (xdb_commands)
15920 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
15921
15922 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
15923 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15924 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15925 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15926 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15927 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15928 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15929 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15930
15931 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
15932 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15933 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15934 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15935 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
15936
15937 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
15938 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15939 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15940 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15941 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15942 \n"
15943 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15944 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15945
15946 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
15947 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15948 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15949 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15950 \n"
15951 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15952 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15953
15954 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
15955 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15956 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15957 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15958 \n"
15959 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15960 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15961
15962 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15963 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15964 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15965 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15966 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15967 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15968 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15969 if (xdb_commands)
15970 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15971 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15972 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15973 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15974 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15975 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
15976
15977 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15978
15979 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15980 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15981 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15982 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15983 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15984 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
15985
15986 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15987 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15988 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15989 &enablebreaklist);
15990
15991 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15992 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15993 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15994 &enablebreaklist);
15995
15996 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15997 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15998 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15999 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16000 &enablebreaklist);
16001
16002 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16003 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16004 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16005 &enablelist);
16006
16007 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16008 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16009 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16010 &enablelist);
16011
16012 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16013 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16014 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16015 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16016 &enablelist);
16017
16018 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16019 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16020 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16021 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16022 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16023 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16024 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16025 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16026 if (xdb_commands)
16027 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16028 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16029 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16030 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16031 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16032
16033 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16034 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16035 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16036 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16037 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16038 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16039 &disablelist);
16040
16041 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16042 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16043 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16044 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16045 \n\
16046 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16047 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16048 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16049 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16050 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16051 if (xdb_commands)
16052 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16053 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16054 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16055 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16056
16057 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16058 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16059 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16060 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16061 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16062 &deletelist);
16063
16064 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16065 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16066 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16067 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16068 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16069 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16070 \n\
16071 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16072 is executing in.\n\
16073 \n\
16074 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16075 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16076
16077 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16078 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16079 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16080 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16081
16082 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16083 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16084 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16085 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16086
16087 if (xdb_commands)
16088 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16089
16090 if (dbx_commands)
16091 {
16092 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16093 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16094 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16095 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16096 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16097 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16098 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16099 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16100 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16101 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16102 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16103 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16104 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16105 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16106 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16107 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16108 \n\
16109 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16110 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16111 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16112 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16113 breakpoint set."));
16114 }
16115
16116 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16117 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16118 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16119 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16120 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16121 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16122 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16123 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16124 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16125 \n\
16126 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16127 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16128 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16129 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16130 breakpoint set."));
16131
16132 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16133
16134 if (xdb_commands)
16135 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16136 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16137 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16138 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16139 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16140 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16141 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16142 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16143 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16144 \n\
16145 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16146 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16147 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16148 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16149 breakpoint set."));
16150
16151 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16152 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16153 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16154 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16155 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16156 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16157 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16158 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16159 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16160 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16161 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16162 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16163 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16164 \n\
16165 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16166 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16167 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16168 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16169 breakpoint set."),
16170 &maintenanceinfolist);
16171
16172 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16173 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16174 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16175 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16176
16177 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16178 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16179 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16180 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16181
16182 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
16183 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
16184 Catch an exception, when caught."),
16185 catch_catch_command,
16186 NULL,
16187 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16188 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16189 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
16190 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
16191 catch_throw_command,
16192 NULL,
16193 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16194 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16195 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16196 catch_fork_command_1,
16197 NULL,
16198 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16199 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16200 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16201 catch_fork_command_1,
16202 NULL,
16203 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16204 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16205 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16206 catch_exec_command_1,
16207 NULL,
16208 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16209 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16210 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16211 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16212 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16213 catch_load_command_1,
16214 NULL,
16215 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16216 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16217 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16218 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16219 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16220 catch_unload_command_1,
16221 NULL,
16222 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16223 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16224 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16225 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16226 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16227 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16228 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16229 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16230 catch_syscall_command_1,
16231 catch_syscall_completer,
16232 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16233 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16234
16235 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16236 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16237 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16238 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16239 an expression changes.\n\
16240 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16241 the memory to which it refers."));
16242 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16243
16244 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16245 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16246 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16247 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16248 an expression is read.\n\
16249 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16250 the memory to which it refers."));
16251 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16252
16253 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16254 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16255 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16256 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16257 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16258 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16259 the memory to which it refers."));
16260 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16261
16262 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16263 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16264
16265 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16266 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16267 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16268 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16269 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16270 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16271 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16272 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16273 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16274 hardware.)"),
16275 NULL,
16276 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16277 &setlist, &showlist);
16278
16279 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16280
16281 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16282
16283 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16284 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16285 \n"
16286 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16287 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16288 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16289
16290 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16291 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16292 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16293 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16294
16295 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16296 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16297 \n"
16298 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16299 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16300 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16301
16302 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16303 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16304 \n\
16305 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16306 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16307 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16308 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16309 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16310 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16311 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16312 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16313 the selected stack frame.\n\
16314 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16315 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16316 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16317 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16318 \n\
16319 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16320 \n\
16321 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16322 conditions are different.\n\
16323 \n\
16324 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16325 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16326 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16327
16328 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16329 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16330 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16331 last tracepoint set."));
16332
16333 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16334
16335 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16336 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16337 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16338 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16339 &deletelist);
16340
16341 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16342 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16343 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16344 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16345 &disablelist);
16346 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16347
16348 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16349 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16350 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16351 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16352 &enablelist);
16353 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16354
16355 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16356 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16357 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16358 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16359 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16360
16361 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16362 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16363 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16364 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16365
16366 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16367 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16368 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16369 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16370 session to restore them."),
16371 &save_cmdlist);
16372 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16373
16374 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16375 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16376 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16377 &save_cmdlist);
16378 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16379
16380 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16381 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16382
16383 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16384 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16385 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16386 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16387 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16388 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16389 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16390 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16391 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16392 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16393 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16394 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16395
16396 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16397 &pending_break_support, _("\
16398 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16399 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16400 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16401 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16402 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16403 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16404 NULL,
16405 show_pending_break_support,
16406 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16407 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16408
16409 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16410
16411 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16412 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16413 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16414 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16415 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16416 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16417 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16418 NULL,
16419 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16420 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16421 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16422
16423 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16424 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16425 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16426 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16427 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16428 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16429 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16430 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16431 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16432 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16433 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16434 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16435 NULL,
16436 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16437 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16438 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16439
16440 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16441 condition_evaluation_enums,
16442 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16443 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16444 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16445 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16446 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16447 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16448 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16449 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16450 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16451 be set to \"gdb\""),
16452 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16453 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16454 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16455 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16456
16457 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16458 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16459 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16460 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16461 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16462 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16463 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16464 or the start of the range\n\
16465 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16466 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16467 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16468 \n\
16469 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16470 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16471 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16472
16473 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16474 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16475 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16476 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16477 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16478 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16479 "));
16480 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16481
16482 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16483 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16484 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16485 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16486 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16487 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16488 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16489 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16490 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16491 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16492 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16493 &setlist, &showlist);
16494
16495 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16496 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16497 &dprintf_function, _("\
16498 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16499 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16500 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16501 &setlist, &showlist);
16502
16503 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16504 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16505 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16506 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16507 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16508 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16509 &setlist, &showlist);
16510
16511 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16512 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16513 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16514 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16515 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16516 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16517 NULL,
16518 NULL,
16519 &setlist, &showlist);
16520
16521 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16522 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16523 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16524
16525 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16526
16527 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16528 }
This page took 0.427254 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.